Literatuur en Manual

131
Handleiding bij seminars en trainingen over planning en beleid voor optimaal landgebruik in het kader van grootschalige infrastructurele werken in Suriname, 2013

Transcript of Literatuur en Manual

Page 1: Literatuur en Manual

 

       

     

   

Handleiding  

bij    seminars  en  trainingen  over  

planning  en  beleid  voor    

optimaal  landgebruik  in  het  kader  van  

grootschalige  infrastructurele  werken  

in  Suriname,  2013  

 

Page 2: Literatuur en Manual

  2  

Samenstelling,  redactie  en  verzorging:      

Pitou  van  Dijck  en  Marinella  Wallis,  

februari  2013

Page 3: Literatuur en Manual

  3  

INHOUDSOPGAVE  

Over  de  auteurs   p.  4  

Deel  1:  Land  Use:  Analysis  and  Policies.  

1.  Land  use  pressures,  expanding  transport  infrastructure  and  planning  for  

sus-­‐tainable  development   in   the  Amazon  Basin,  Rudolf  Buitelaar,   José  

Javier  Gómez  en  Ricardo  Sánchez  (ECLAC)  

2.  Spatial  implications  on  land  and  resources  of  new  road  infrastructure  in  

Suriname:   land  use   scanner,  Mathilde  Molendijk,  Martin   van  der  Beek  

en  Ronnie  Lassche  (VU)  

3.  Land  use  scanner  exercise  and  assignment,  SPINlab  (VU)  

4.  Literatuur  land  use  change,  SPINlab  (VU)  

5.  Opbouw  kaart  huidig  grondgebruik  voor  land  use  scanner  Suriname,  

Martin  van  der  Beek  (Object  Vision)  

6.   Geologie   van   Suriname,   een   voorstudie   voor   land   use   scanner  

applicatie,  Ronnie  Lassche  en  Mathilde  Molendijk  (VU)  

Deel  2:  Strategic  Evironmental  Assessments  (SEAs)  

7.  The  comprehensive  and  participatory  approach  of  impact  assessment:  

objectives,  potentials  and  limitations,  Pitou  van  Dijck  (CEDLA)  

8.  Experiences  in  a  policy  context:  The  impact  assessment  of  the  Manaus-­‐

Porto  Velho  Hub,  Marinella  Wallis  

9.   Impact   assessment,   stakeholders´   participation     and   government  

policies,  Bert  van  Barneveld    

 

p.  6  

 

 

p.  28  

 

p.  35  

p.  56  

p.  59  

 

p.  68  

 

 

p.  73  

 

p.  106  

 

p.  117  

 

Page 4: Literatuur en Manual

  4  

Over de auteurs  

Bert   van   Barneveld   ([email protected])   is   a   tropical   agriculturalist,  

agro-­‐ecologist   and   natural   resources   specialist.   He  was   the   former   regional  

manager   of   the   DHV   Consulting   Group   of   The   Netherlands   in   La   Paz,   the  

international  coordinator  of  the  IIRSA  Corredor  Norte  strategic  environmen-­‐

tal  assessment  (SEA).    

Rudolf  Buitelaar  was  appointed  Chief,    Local  and  Regional  Development  Area,  at  the  

Latin   American   and   Caribbean   Institute   for   Economic   and   Social   Planning  

(ILPES)  at  ECLAC,  Santiago  de  Chile  

Martin   van   der   Beek   ([email protected])   is   an   economist,   and   partner   of  

Object   Vision.   Object   Vision   is   a   SME   that   focuses   on   the   design,  

development,   implementation   and   support   of   software   tools   for   spatial  

planning  and  modelling.  

Pitou  van  Dijck  ([email protected])  is  Associate  Professor  of  Economics  at  CEDLA.  

Ronnie  Lassche  ([email protected])  is  an  earth  scientist,  working  at  the  department  

of  Regional  Economics  at  the  VU  University  Amsterdam.  

Mathilde   Molendijk   ([email protected])   has   a   background   in   cultural  

anthropology   and  GIS.   She  works   at   the  VU  University   Amsterdam,   Section  

Earth  and  Economics.  

Marinella   Wallis   ([email protected])   is   an   international   policy   scientist   and  

former  researcher  and  editor  at  CEDLA.  

 

Page 5: Literatuur en Manual

  5  

Deel  1:  Land-­‐Use  Planning.      

Page 6: Literatuur en Manual

  6  

 

LAND   USE   PRESSURES,   EXPANDING   TRANSPORT   INFRASTRUCTURE  AND   PLANNING   FOR   SUSTAINABLE   DEVELOPMENT   IN   THE   AMAZON  

BASIN  

Rudolf  Buitelaar,  José  Javier  Gómez  and  Ricardo  Sánchez  (ECLAC)  

First  draft,  February  2013  

Literature  confirms  the  intuitive  notion  that  road  construction,  increasing  population  

density   and   improved   connectivity   to   markets   are   relevant   for   land-­‐use   change  

processes,   as   are   policy   interventions   such   as   the   protection   of   areas   for   nature  

conservation.  

This   paper   aims   to   provide   an   overview   of   the   current   situation   and   challenges  

regarding   land   use   pressures   in   the   Amazon   Basin,   given   major   investments   in  

transport   infrastructure   to   enhance   the   physical   connectivity,   vis-­‐a-­‐vis   planning  

instruments  for  sustainable  development,  especially  land-­‐use  planning.  Are  planning  

capabilities  up  to  the  task?  

Different  countries,  different  pressures    

The   Amazon   forest   covers   780  million   hectares,   spreading   across   8   countries   and  

over  12  watersheds.  Within  those  countries,  68  regional  governments  and  thousands  

of   third  and   fourth   tier   local   governments  and   specialized  agencies  exercise  public  

authority  to  promote  sustainable  development  of  the  region.    

This   territory   is   endowed   with   abundant   natural   resources.   Public   investment   in  

physical   and   social   infrastructure   together   with   private   investments   especially   in  

agriculture  and  extractive  industries  have  spurred  increasing  population  density  and  

exerted  strong  pressure  to  change  the  land-­‐use  pattern  away  from  forests.  Existing  

legal   frameworks   and   institutional   capabilities   to   implement   public   policies   for  

sustainable  development  have  not   avoided  high   rates  of   deforestation.   The   region  

has  lost  about  3.6  million  hectares  per  year  between  2000  and  2010.      

Land  ownership   is  of  course  a  key   factor.  Most  of   the   forest  area   is   state  property  

but   forestry   agencies   have   limited   personnel   and   budget   to   guarantee   law  

enforcement  and  control  of  forests.  Together  with  deforestation,  the  degradation  of  

forests,   not   yet   accurately  quantified,   is   a  big   challenge   in   the   region   (FAO,  2011).  

Page 7: Literatuur en Manual

  7  

With  the  exception  of  Brazil,  that  has  developed  a  sophisticated  monitoring  system  

based   on   satellite   images,   there   is   a   lack   of   information   on   the   impact   of  

deforestation  processes.      

The   main   causes   of   deforestation   are   the   expansion   of   the   agricultural   frontier,  

predatory   models   of   timber   logging,   mining   (metallic   and   non-­‐metallic),   oil  

exploitation,  and  construction  of   infrastructure   (roads,  dams  and  reservoirs,  power  

lines),   among   others.   Most   of   these   processes   are   closely   related,   bringing   about  

deforestation  cycles.  Thus,  construction  of  roads  is  usually  the  first  stage  of  a  process  

that  continues  with  timber  logging,  cattle  ranching,  agriculture  and  the  development  

of  diversified  human  settlements.  

The   causes   of   deforestation   vary   from   country   to   country,   but   with   different  

intensity  most  of  them  can  be  found  in  all  the  Amazonian  countries,  maybe  with  the  

exception  of  the  illegal  crops  expansion.  Livestock  production  is  the  main  reason  for  

deforestation   in   Brazil,   considered   the  most   critical   of   the   Amazon,   together  with  

mechanized  agriculture  (monoculture)  and  extraction  of  forest  timber.  In  Bolivia  and  

Colombia   conversion   of   forest   to   agricultural   land   is   also   the   main   cause.   It   is  

estimated  that  over  60%  of  the  area  deforested  is  initially  intended  for  livestock  and,  

in  some  countries,  later  destined  to  agricultural  production.  

In   Peru   the   main   causes   of   deforestation   are   mining,   oil   and   opening   roads   for  

pipeline   construction.   In   Ecuador   oil   exploration   and   colonization   are   the   main  

causes  of  deforestation  in  the  Amazon.  The  expansion  of  illicit  crops  (coca)  is  also  a  

major  cause  of  deforestation  in  Colombia,  Bolivia  and  Peru  (UNODC,  2011).  

In   Guyana,   Suriname   and   French   Guiana   growth   in   exports   of   wood   and  

monocultures   for   biofuel   production   are   considered   the   main   drivers   of  

deforestation  and  forest  degradation  in  the  region.  In  Venezuela,  it  is  estimated  that  

deforestation   is  mainly  related  to  the  activities  of   illegal  mining  and  tourism  (ACTO  

UNEP,  2009).  

Although  deforestation  rates  in  the  Amazon  have  declined  over  the  past  five  years,  

experts   agree   that   significant   increases   could   happen   in   the   coming   years   due   to  

major   investments   in   road   construction;   probable   increases   in   private   investments  

stimulated   by   the   continued   strong   demand   for   agricultural   products   such   as  

soybeans  oil  palm  and  beef,  and  adopted  changes  to  make  environmental  legislation  

more  flexible,  among  other   factors.   In  the  case  of  mining,  oil,  gas  and  gold  are  the  

commodities  related  to  deforestation  in  the  Amazonian  basin  (see  Maps  1  and  2).  

Page 8: Literatuur en Manual

  8  

Map  1:  Deforestation  by  sub-­‐basins,  2000-­‐2005.    

 Source:  RAISG  2012  

Map  2:  Deforestation  by  sub-­‐basins,  2005-­‐2010  

 Source:  RAISG  2012  

Page 9: Literatuur en Manual

  9  

Agriculture  and  livestock  

In  the  Amazon,  agriculture  and  cattle  ranching,  main  drivers  of  deforestation,  have  

not   necessarily   developed   into   robust   and   sustainable   economic   activities.   Highly  

extensive  practices  with   low  productivity   are  most   common   in   the   region,   caused,  

among  other  reasons,  by  the  almost  free  access  to  land,  low  technical  assistance  and  

scarce  knowledge  of  soil  diversity.    

This   activity   in   the   Amazon   is   characterized   by   a   wide   range   of   technological   and  

social   models   of   exploitation,   from   traditional   practices   based   on   indigenous  

communities   to   large   private   industrial   production.   Most   common   crops   are   rice,  

cocoa,  yucca,  fruits,  and  pastures,  but   large  productions  of  specific  crops  vary  from  

one  country   to   the  other.    Coca   is  produced   in  Bolivia,  Colombia  and  Peru;  corn   in  

Ecuador   y  Bolivia;   palm  oil   in  Bolivia,   Brazil,   Colombia,   Peru   and  Venezuela;   soy   in  

Bolivia  and  Brazil  and  silviculture  (monoculture)  in  Bolivia,  Brazil  and  Venezuela.  

Conditions   for   agricultural   and   livestock   activities   differ   widely   throughout   the  

Amazon.  For  example,  Brazil’s  pastures  for  livestock  correspond  to  93%  of  the  total  

area  used   for  agriculture,   and   its  production   includes  highly   commercial   crops  and  

large  scale  farming.  On  the  other  hand,  in  Ecuador,  livestock  production  is  less  than  

40%  of  agricultural  activities,  which  are  all  very  low  in  productivity  and  profitability.    

Timber  production  

Timber  production   in   the  Amazon   is   a  driver  of  deforestation  and   is  mostly   illegal.  

Focused  on  high-­‐quality  wood,  this  activity  continues  to  thrive  despite  the  creation  

of   Natural   Protected   Areas,   Indigenous   Territories   and   other   control  mechanisms.  

The  activity  usually  amounts   to   illegal  appropriation  of  public   lands.     It  also  affects  

private   land  areas  under  concessions,  hindering   the  application  of  corporate   forest  

management  plans.   In  some  deforestation  patterns,   income  coming   from  timber   is  

used  as  seed  capital   for  agricultural  activities  (cattle  ranching  and  crop  cultivation).  

Common   illegal   practices   related   to   the   timber   industry   are   wood   theft,   use   of  

navigable  rivers  and  illegal  opening  of  roads.      

Some  Amazonian  countries  have  (Brazil,  Peru)  or  have  had  (Bolivia)  forest  concession  

systems  to  legalize  exploitation  but  it  has  proven  a  difficult  task  to  enforce  the  law.  

In  Brazil,  the  extension  of  the   land  makes   it  extremely  difficult  to  control,  although  

the  country  counts  with  advanced  technology  for  the  monitoring  of  their  forests.  In  

the  case  of  Peru,  the  concessions  (Law  27.308)  were  poorly  designed  and  territorial  

conflicts   emerged   in   the   implementation.   Bolivia   experienced   significant   political  

changes  and  the  new  laws  have  not  considered  regulation  of  forest  thoroughly.  

Page 10: Literatuur en Manual

  10  

Roads  

Road   construction   in   the   Amazon   is   directly   related   to   deforestation   processes,  

through  the  acceleration  and  facilitation  of  illegal  logging,  agricultural  activities,  and  

infrastructure  and  urbanization  projects.  A  clear  example  of  this  situation  is  the  so-­‐

called   “deforestation   arc”   in   the   Brazilian   Amazon,   created   by   the   roads   Belem-­‐

Brasilia   (BR153),   Cuiaba-­‐Santarem,   (BR163)   and   Cuiaba-­‐Porto   Velho   (BR364).   The  

road   that   connects   Puerto  Maldonado   (Peru)   with   Cobija   (Bolivia)   and   Rio   Branco  

(Brazil),  intended  to  improve  trade  between  these  three  countries  and  access  to  the  

Pacific  Ocean,  is  another  example.    

Although   Brazil   has   the   longest   road   network,   Ecuador   and  Guyana   have   a   higher  

road   density.   In   general,   Natural   Protected   Areas   and   Indigenous   Territories   have  

less  road  density  and  provide  better  options  for  forest  conservation,  except  in  Bolivia  

and  Guyana.    

Oil  and  Gas  

Amazon  countries  consider  oil  and  gas  to  be  strategic  resources  and  constitutionally  

assert  their  property.    

Exploitation  of  these  resources  does  not  necessarily  include  prevention  or  mitigation  

of   negative   social   and   environmental   impacts,   or   investments   necessary   for   the  

compensation.  Oil  activities  have  multiplied   in  the   last  decade  and  are  expected  to  

grow  in  the  future.  

The  main   impacts  related  to  oil  activities   include:  alteration  of  the  quality  of  water  

and  air,  soil  pollution,  habitat  destruction,  changes  in  land  cover,  soil  contamination,  

habitat   destruction,   changes   in   the   behavior   and   distribution   of   species   and   the  

introduction  of  disease  vectors,  among  others  (Correa-­‐Viana  and  Esclasans,  2011).  

Developing   countries   face   the   challenge   to   eradicate   poverty   at   the   same   time   as  

promoting   conservation.  Addressing   this   challenge  means   that  oil   and  gas  projects  

should   respect   socio-­‐environmental   diversity,   and   the   countries   should   search   for  

energy  alternatives  that  respond  to  the  specificities  of  the  region  (RAISG,  2012).  

In  the  Amazon  there  are  327  oil  allotments,  occupying  1.08  million  km2,  or  15%  of  

the   Amazon.     80%   of   the   lots   are   concentrated   in   the   Andean   Amazon,   which   is  

where  almost  half  of  the  indigenous  peoples  live.  Amazon  countries  with  the  largest  

areas  intended  for  oil  activities,  including  those  with  potential  or  going  through  the  

application  process,  are  Peru  (84%),  Colombia  (40%)  and  Ecuador  (21%).  Ecuador  is  

the  country  with  the  largest  area  of  oil  allotments  in  operation  in  the  Amazon.  

Page 11: Literatuur en Manual

  11  

Mining  

Mining  is  one  of  the  key  sectors  for  economic  growth  and  the  Amazon  is  one  of  the  

most   promising   mining   areas.   A   lack   of   policy   coordination   has   resulted   in   the  

establishment  of  mining  activities  within  protected  areas  and  indigenous  territories.  

The  state  owns  mineral  resources  regardless  of  the  land  property  rights.    

Illegal   mining   activities   have   increased   throughout   the   region   during   the   last   two  

decades,  specially  the  rise  in  the  price  of  gold,  resulting  in  escalating  environmental  

impact  and  often  putting  at  risk  the  health  of  entire  communities.    

Areas  with  mining  interests  total  160  million  hectares,  which  represents  21%  of  the  

Amazon  territory.  Most  areas  of  interest  are  still  under  application  (50.8%),  followed  

by   exploration   areas   (30.8%).   Guyana   is   the   country   that   has  most   of   its   Amazon  

territory  with  mining  areas.    

Mining   areas   currently   occupy   15%   of   the   Natural   Protected   Areas   and   19%   of  

Indigenous  Territories  in  the  Amazon.    

Hydropower  

The  high  hydroelectric  potential  of  the  rivers  of  the  Amazon  provide  electricity  at  low  

cost,   without   resorting   to   the   use   of   fossil   fuels   or   nuclear   reactors   and   is   an  

opportunity  to  achieve  sustainable  levels  in  the  electricity  supply.  

The   social   and   environmental   impacts   of   the   construction   and   operation   of  

hydroelectric   plants,   such   as   changes   in   water   regimes,   hydrobiological   diversity  

reduction,  water  pollution  and  acceleration  of  deforestation,  are  underestimated  or  

ignored.  Measurements  of  greenhouse  gases  (GEF)  have  shown  that  hydropower  can  

also   be   an   important   GEF   source   (Fearnside   and   Pueyo,   2012).   Transboundary  

problems   among   countries   involving   hydropower   are   not   yet   being   discussed.  

(RAISG,  2012).  

Brazil  has  the  largest  number  of  hydroelectric  plants  with  340  records  (81.5%  of  the  

regional   total),  of  which  109  are   in  operation  or  under  construction  and  other  231  

are  planned.  It  is  followed  by  Peru  and  Bolivia.  

The   great   challenge   for   Amazon   countries   is   to   reconcile   the   use   of   their  

hydroelectric   potential   with   integrated   basin   management,   recovery   and  

conservation   of   ecological   cycles,   social,   economic   and   cultural   values   of   a   region  

and  depends  essentially  on  its  rivers.  (RAISG,  2012).  

Fires  

Fire  has  been  used  historically  in  the  Amazon  as  a  cheap  tool  to  clear  the  land  from  

forest.  In  recent  years,  forest  fires  are  more  common  and  intense.  The  most  obvious  

Page 12: Literatuur en Manual

  12  

and   immediate   consequences   of   increased   forest   fires   are   the   loss   of   diversity   of  

fauna   and   flora,   air   pollution   and   its   consequent   impact   on   health   human,   the  

increased  emission  of  greenhouse  gases  and  reduced  local  rainfall  because  of  smoke.  

In  the  Southeast  of  the  Amazon,  the  region  called  "Arc  of  Deforestation"  (Brazil  and  

Bolivia)  shows  the   largest  number  of  fire  spots.  Lately,   fires  have  been  occurring   in  

remote   areas   and   inside   Natural   Protected   Areas.   Indigenous   and   traditional  

communities   report   problems   to   control   fire   and   expressed   the   need   to   develop  

procedures  for  adapting  to  climate  change.    

Recent   estimates   indicate   that   a   combination  of   deforestation   and   climate   change  

may  increase  by  50%  the  occurrence  of  fires   in  the  Amazon,  2050  (Silvestrini  et  al.,  

2011),  intensifying  degradation  and  impoverishment  of  the  forest.  

Map  3:  Accumulated  land  use  pressure  in  the  Amazon  Basin  up  to  2010.  

 Source:  RAISG  2012  

 Transportation,  connectivity  and  land  use  pressures  

The   pattern   of   the   development   of   transport   and   logistics   infrastructure   in   the  

Amazon  is  particularly  worrisome,  since  the  historically  preferred  method,  i.e.  roads,  

Page 13: Literatuur en Manual

  13  

is  a  known  driver  of  deforestation.    The  first  50  km  from  the  main  highways  of  the  

Amazon  concentrate  80%  of  deforestation  in  the  region.2  

The   expansion   of   agribusiness   and   both   the   expectation   and   the   actual   paving   of  

roads  have  been  contributing  to  high  deforestation  rates,  because  (the  expectation  

of)   such   infrastructure   investments   induce   land   speculation.   Moreover,   illegal  

market   for   land   and   timber,   due   to   the   government’s   difficulty   to   control   criminal  

actions,  further  stimulates  deforestation.”  3  

Farming  is  also  mentioned  as  a  common  consequence  of  the  paving  and  expansion  

of  roads  in  the  Amazon,  adding  to  the  effects  of  the  expansion  of  cattle.  Alencar  et  

alii  (2005)4  state  that  road  improvements  and  the  subsequent  drop  in  transport  costs  

boost   activities   that   enhance   land-­‐use   pressures.   Such   pressure  would   carry   harsh  

consequences   in   the   future:  “If  past   trends  of  continuous  agricultural  expansion  as  

well  as  extensive  roads  paving  persist,  40%  of  the  remaining  Amazon  forests  may  be  

eliminated  by  2050”.5  

Nevertheless,   investment  plans   to  enhance   transport   infrastructure   in   the  Amazon  

show  that  roads  remain  the  priority.  This  becomes  clear  from  an  analysis  of  Brazil’s  

Growth  Acceleration  Programs  (PAC).  

The   PAC   is   a   strategic   investment   program   that   combines  management   initiatives  

and  public  works.  It  has  had  two  phases.  The  first  was  operational  from  2007  to  2010  

and   included   plans   amounting   to   about   R$   638   billion   in   investments.   PAC   had  

implementation  problems:  at  the  target  completion  date  of  mid-­‐2010  less  than  70%  

of  the  funding  was  spent.    

The  PAC  2  estimates  investments  of  R$  955  billion  for  the  period  from  2011  to  2014,  

including  new   investment   projects   and   the   finalization  of   projects   initiated   earlier.  

For  the  period  following  2014,  the  estimated  investment  is  R$  631.6  billion.  The  two  

PAC  2  periods  combined  reach  an  amount  of  R$  1.6  trillion.  

Like   the   first   phase  of   the  program,   PAC  2   focuses  on   investments   in   the   areas   of  

logistics,   energy   and   social   development,   organized   under   six   major   initiatives:  

Better   Cities   (urban   infrastructure)   with   a   total   estimated   investments   of   R$   57.1  

billion;   Bringing  Citizenship   to   the  Community   (safety   and   social   inclusion,   R$  23.0  

                                                                                                               2  Alencar,  A.  et  al.  (2004)    3  Britaldo  Silveira  Soares  Filho  et  al.  (2009)  4  Alencar,  A.  et  alii  (2005),  page  2:  “The  road  would  result  in  substantial  savings  in  transport  costs  for  booming  soybean  plantations  in  northern  Mato  Grosso  state,  as  well  as  for  manufacturers  shipping  consumer  goods  from  Manaus  to  southern  Brazil”  

5  Alencar,  A.  et  alii  (2005)  ibid.  

Page 14: Literatuur en Manual

  14  

billion);   My   House,   My   Life   (housing,   R$   278.2   billion);   Water   and   Light   for   All  

(sanitation  and  access   to  electricity,  R$  30.6  billion);  Energy   (renewable  energy,  oil  

and   gas,   R$   1092.6   billion);   and   Transportation   (highways,   railways,   airports   and  

other   means;   R$   109   billion).   Transportation   reaches   a   6.9%   of   total   planned  

investments.  

Up   to  September  2012,  PAC  2   realized  R$  385.9  billion  of   investments,   a  40.4%  of  

total  expected  for  the  period  2011-­‐2014.  Transportation  reached  investments  of  R$  

26.8  billion  in  the  form  of  finishing  1,120  km  of  roads,  realizing  16  improvements  in  

airports  and  14  in  ports.  

Figure  1:  PAC  1  Transportation  and  Logistics  Modal  Investments  2007-­‐2010,  R$  billion  and  %  of  total

Source:  authors,  based  on  Portal  Brasil6  

PAC  2  (2011-­‐2014  and  post  2014  plans)  includes  investments  in  transpor-­‐tation  of  R$  

109  billion,  6.9%  of  total  planned  investments.  The  next  table  shows  all  investments  

related  to  Amazonia  (Brazilian  States  of  Acre,  Amazonas  and  Rondônia).  

                                                                                                               6  http://www.brasil.gov.br/para/planos-­‐e-­‐programas  

Page 15: Literatuur en Manual

  15  

Table  1:  PAC  2  Amazonia  Transportation  and  Logistics  Investments,  2011-­‐2014  and  post  2014  (in  billions  of  R$)  

  Acre   Rondônia   Amazonas   3  states   PAC  2  extended  

Total  investments   1.970   30.490   18.710   51.170   1586.600  

Transportation   0.691   1.870   2.121   4.682   109.000  

5  other  programmes   1.279   28.620   16.589   46.488   1477.600  

Source:  authors,  based  on  Secretaria  do  Planejamento  (2012)  

The  Amazon  Basin  absorbs  3.2%  of  extended  PAC  2   investments  and    4.3%  of  total  

investments   in   transport   infrastructure.   Table   2   shows   the   composition   of  

investments  in  transport  in  each  of  the  three  states  and  in  the  Brazilian  Amazon  as  a  

whole.  

Table  2:  PAC  2  Amazonia  Transportation  and  Logistics  Investments  2011-­‐2014  and  post  2014.  By  means  of  transport,  in  billions  of  R$  

  Acre   Rondônia   Amazonas   3  states   share  

Transport  investments   0.691   1.866   2.121   4.679    

Highways   0.688   1.676   0.924   3.288   70.3%  

Waterways   0.002   0.190   0.582   0.774   16.5%  

Airports       0.394   0.394   8.4%  

Merchant  fleet       0.124   0.124   2.6%  

Ports       0.092   0.092   2.0%  

Eq.  3rd  level  roads   0.001   0.003   0.006   0.011   0.2%  

Railways         0.000   0.0%  

Source:  authors,  based  on  Secretaria  do  Planejamento  (2012)  

A   strong   vocation   for   the   promotion   of   roads   can   be   observed   as   70%   of   PAC  

investments  are  in  road  construction,  including  highways  and  improvements  to  other  

roads.  At   the  same  time,   investments   in  waterways,  ports  and  the  development  of  

the   merchant   fleet   absorb   21.1%.   The   remainder   of   investments   is   in   airports,  

especially  the  renovation  of  the  airport  of  Manaus.  

Bara   Neto   et   al   make   the   following   observation   about   modes   of   transport   in   the  

Amazon:  “river  navigation  is  essential;  it  is  the  only  form  of  communication  for  most  

of   its   inhabitants  and  a  central  component  of  Amazon   identity  that   is  shared  by  all  

Amazon  people  and  the  mode  of  transport  most  convenient   for  the  environmental  

conservation   of   the   Amazon.   Thus,   the   key   question   is:  What   type   of   connectivity  

and   infrastructure   is  being  promoted  and  what  are   the   consequences   for   land  use  

pressures  in  the  Amazon?    

Page 16: Literatuur en Manual

  16  

The  following  maps  show  investment  plans  in  the  Amazon.    

Map  4:  PAC  2  Amazonia  –  Projects  in  roads.  

 Source:  Secretaria  do  Planejamento  (2012)  

Map  5:  PAC  2  –  Projects  in  waterways.  

 Source:  Secretaria  do  Planejamento  (2012)  

 

Page 17: Literatuur en Manual

  17  

Planning  for  sustainable  development  

A  brief  history  of  development  planning  in  Amazon  countries  

The  first  nation-­‐wide  attempt  in  countries  of  the  Amazon  to  elaborate  public  action  

plans  for  development  has  been  adscribed  to  Getulio  Vargas’  Special  Plan  for  Public  

Works   and   National   Defense,   in   Brazil   in   19397.   The   Dutra   Government   in   Brazil  

(1949-­‐1953)   implemented   the   SALTE   plan,   the   Portuguese   language   acronym   for  

Health,  Nutrition,   Transport   and   Energy.   These   plans   identified   priority   sectors   for  

public  action  and  mobilized  financing  for  selected  investment  projects.  

During   the  1950s,   technical   capabilities   at   the  national   level  were   strengthened   to  

identify   priority   sectors,   prepare   investment   plans   and   assess   their   economic   and  

social   impacts.   The  Economic  Commission   for   Latin  America   (ECLA),   as   it  was   then  

called,   was   instrumental   through   its   annual   training   course   for   Latin   American  

economists.    

Planning   institutions  were  set  up   in  a  number  of  countries.  The  “Junta  Nacional  de  

Planificación   y   Coordinación   Económica”  was   set   up   in   Ecuador   in   1954.   President  

Kubitschek,   presided   the   brazilian   Council   for   Economic   Development   in   1956,  

highlighting   the   importance   of   his   “Programme   of   Goals”.   In   Colombia   and  

Venezuela,  planning  institutions  were  set  up  in  1958  and  1959.  

Development   planning   shifted   into   a   higher   gear   with   the   Punta   del   Este   Charter  

(1961)  and   the  Alliance   for  Progress  proposed  by  President  Kennedy  of   the  United  

States.   International   financial   support   for   investment   and   technical   assistance  

became  available  through  the  Interamerican  Development  Bank  and  the  UN  Fund  for  

Technical   Assistance,   the   forerunner   of   the   United   Nations   Development  

Programme.   Raul   Prebisch   with   ECLA   seized   the   momentum   and   promoted   the  

creation  of  the  Latin  American  Institute  for  Economic  and  Social  Planning  (1962)  that  

functioned  as  the  main  international  center  for  capacity  building  in  planning  with  the  

financial  support  of  the  international  institutions  mentioned  before.  

President   Quadros   in   Brazil   created   the   Ministry   of   Planning   in   1961   and   named  

Celso  Furtado  as  the  first  Minister.  The  military  coup  of  1964  changed  everything  but  

did  not  lessen  the  importance  of  planning  as  such.  The  strategic  development  plan  of  

1968   and   the  Goals   Plan   of   1970  proposed   to   transform  Brazil   in   global   economic  

power.  In  1972  the  Federal  System  of  Planning  was  created.  

                                                                                                               7   This   section   closely   follows   Leiva,   J.   (2012)   Pensamiento   y  práctica  de   la   planificación  en  América  Latina,  CEPAL,  Serie  Gestión  Pública  

Page 18: Literatuur en Manual

  18  

Colombia’s   National   Planning   Department   functions   since   1958   directly   under  

supervision  of   the  President  of   the  Republic.  With  ECLA  support,  DNP  presented   in  

1962   a   development   plan   to   the   Experts   Committee   of   the   Alliance   for   Progress,  

which   opened   the   doors   to   international   funding   for   Colombian   development.  

Venezuela   created   the   Central   Office   for   Coordination   and   Planning   of   the  

Presidency  of  the  Republic  in  1959.  Perú  established  the  National  Planning  Institute  

in  1962  with  ECLA  support.  

The   development   plans   of   the   1960s   and   1970s   aimed   at   accelerating   economic  

growth  and  maintaining  macro-­‐economic  consistency.  At   the  core  were  the   impact  

of  investment  on  growth  rates  and  the  current  account  of  the  balance  of  payments.  

A   distinct   feature  was   the   priority   given   to  manufacturing   industry,   together  with  

energy,   transport   and   communications.   In   the   social   sphere,   priorities   were  

education,  housing  and  health.  Successful  as  they  were  in  bringing  about  economic  

growth   and   creating   a   nascent   manufacturing   industry,   the   plans   ran   into   many  

problems.  

At  a  technical  level,  a  major  problem  was  the  volatility  of  prices  of  primary  products,  

especially  oil.  Together  with  the  rather  random  flows  of  international  financing,  they  

undermined  the  validity  of  hypothesis  and  parameters  underlying  the  models.    

At  the  political-­‐economy  level,  the  planning  efforts  did  not  sufficiently  anticipate  the  

reactions   of   economic   agents   to   the   plans.   Opposition   arose   not   only   to   specific  

projects   but   also   to   more   general   orientations   in   planning   itself.   The   political  

economy   dimension   was   a  major   weakness   and   eventually   led   to   conceptual   and  

methodological  changes  in  planning  as  such.  

A   third   dimension   of   issues   was   administrative   and   bureaucratic.   The   struggle   for  

competencies   and   power   among   government   agencies   frequently   inhibited   the  

implementation   of   plans   as   intended,   even   in   cases  where   the   planning   authority  

directly  reported  to  the  head  of  state.  

Fourthly,  a  major  source  of   learning   involved  government  failure.   Issues  of  capture  

by  interest  groups,  dynamic  inconsistencies  and  principal-­‐agent  issues  became  clear  

as  these  concepts  were  named.  

Issues  of  territorial  and  environmental  management  were  not  at  the  forefront,  with  

notable  exceptions   regarding  river  basin  management   in  Colombia,  Peru  and  Brazil  

and   the   creation   of   the   SUDENE   regional   development   agency   for   the   brazilian  

North-­‐East.  The  development  process  of  the  1960s  and  1970s  was  marked  by  strong  

Page 19: Literatuur en Manual

  19  

population  growth,  rapid  urbanization  and  little  concern  for  environmental  issues  or  

territorial  cohesiveness.  

The   debt   crisis   of   the   1980’s   had   a   profound   impact,   on   government   finances,  

ideology  and  economic  development  models.  Planning   institutes  were  by  and   large  

dismantled  and  their  functions  transferred  to  the  Finance  Ministries.   Improving  the  

functioning   of   markets   became   top   priority   in   lieu   of   further   developing   national  

planning  instruments.  At  the  same  time,  strategic  planning  tools  as  developed  in  the  

world’s   largest   private   sector   companies   were   adopted   by   national   and   local  

governments  alike.    

Successful  as  it  may  have  been  in  terms  of  macro-­‐economic  stabilization  and  export  

promotion,   the   development   strategy   of   the   1980s   and   1990s   was   rather  

unsatisfactory  in  terms  of  growth,  social  equality  and  environmental  sustainability.  In  

the  course  of  the  1990s  development  planning  was  reinvented  to  address   issues  of  

structural   transformation,   social   inequality,   environmental   concerns   and   territorial  

cohesion  that  could  not  be  left  to  the  functioning  of  markets  alone.  

Modern   development   planning   in   Brazil   for   example   started   in   the   presidency   of  

Fernando  Henrique  Cardoso  who  re-­‐instated  the  Ministry  of  Planning  and  requested  

it   to   present   a   new   development   strategy.   The   1996-­‐1999   plan   focused   on   the  

construction   of   a   modern   and   efficient   state;   diminishing   social   and   territorial  

imbalances;   and   competitiveness   and   modernization   of   production.   The   plan   was  

however   subordinated   to   the   success   of   the   stabilization   plan   (the   Plan   Real)   and  

only   the  1997  Brazil   in  Action  plan  was   able   to  develop   the  highest   priority   public  

investment  projects.  

In   the   second   Cardoso  Government,   the   “Brazil   Advances”   Plan   aimed   to   improve  

the   quality   of   public   expenditure   and   improve   public   management.   The   two  

development   plans   under   the   Lula   presidency  were  more   ambitious.   In   the   2008-­‐

2011  plan,  the  issues  of  environmental  management  and  territorial  integration  came  

to  the  forefront.  

Planning   in  Colombia  was  never  dismantled   like   it  was   in  other  Amazon   countries.  

However,  issues  of  peace  and  security  were  of  highest  priority.  It  was  not  before  the  

2006-­‐2010   plan   that   the   issue   of   environmental   management   was   placed   at   the  

same  level  of  priority  as  growth,  social  equality  and  peace.  

Development  planning   in  Venezuela  was  shifted  to   the  creation  of   the  socialism  of  

the   21st   century.   The   Ministry   of   Planning   and   Development   took   the   place   of  

CORDIPLAN   and   developed   two   five-­‐year   plans   to   establish   a   new   development  

Page 20: Literatuur en Manual

  20  

model  aimed  at  social  improvements.  More  recently,  in  Ecuador  and  Bolivia  national  

development   plans   were   adopted   aimed   at   Sumak   Kawsay   (the   good   living)   and  

suma  qawana   (to   live  well),   respectively.  The  Ecuadorian  plan  contains  a  primer   in  

that  it  considers  the  rights  of  nature.  

Land-­‐use  planning  in  Amazon  countries  

In   the   context   of   the   evolution   of   development   planning   in   Amazon   countries   as  

described   above,   the   instrument   of   land-­‐use   planning   was   introduced   in   most  

countries   toward   the   end   of   the   1970’s;   lost   relevance   in   the   1980’s   and  was   re-­‐

discovered  and  strengthened  in  the  course  of  the  1990s.  The  current  situation  is  that  

all   Amazon   countries   have   a   certain   legal   framework   in   place   and   are   gaining  

experience  with  implementation.  

In  Venezuela,  the  Environmental  Law  of  1976  mandated  the  comprehensive  planning  

of  national  territory.  The  1983  Law  provided  the  basis  for   land-­‐use  planning.   It  was  

not  until  1998  that  a  national  plan  for  land-­‐use  was  approved.  

Colombia,  through  the  1979  sanitation  code,  established  municipal  competencies  for  

land-­‐use  regulation.  The  1994  Planning  Law  provided  for  land-­‐use  plans  at  municipal  

and  district  levels.  In  2011  the  Land-­‐use  planning  law  was  approved.  

Law  6766  of  1979  in  Brazil  established  a  governance  structure  for  urban  land-­‐use  in  

each  municipal  capital.  In  1981,  the  Economic  and  Ecological  Zoning  was  adopted  as  

an  instrument  for  territorial  environmental  management,  under  the  responsibility  of  

the  Ministry  of  the  Environment.  The  1988  Constitution  establishes  the  competency  

of   municipalities   for   land-­‐use   planning   and   its   control.   In   2005,   the   basis   for   a  

national  land-­‐use  plan  was  approved.  

In  Bolivia  it  was  not  until  the  Environment  Law  of  1992  that  an  instrument  for  land-­‐

use  planning  was  established,   in   the   sense  of  economic,  environmental,   social   and  

cultural   zoning   for  environmental  planning.   In  1994  a  municipal,  departmental  and  

national  land-­‐use  plan  was  announced.  

In   Ecuador,   the   creation   of   the   Ministry   of   the   Environment   in   1996   started   the  

consideration   of   land-­‐use   planning.   The   2010   Code   for   Territorial   Organization,  

Autonomy  and  Decentralization  strengthened  land-­‐use  planning.  

Peru   created   the   National   Commission   for   land-­‐use   planning   only   in   2001   and  

adopted   an   economic-­‐ecological   zoning   instrument   in   2004   as   a   reference   for  

sectorial  and  regional  investment  planning.  At  present,  a  land-­‐use  planning  law  is  in  

preparation.  

Page 21: Literatuur en Manual

  21  

Land-­‐use   planning,   as   it   has   evolved   in   Amazon   countries,   is   a   public   policy   and   a  

technical,  administrative  and  political  process  aimed  at  creating  a  governance  model  

for   the   occupation,   use   and   transformation   of   land   under   criteria   of   ecological  

sustainability,   territorial   equality,   cultural   diversity,   and   conciliation   of   economic,  

social  and  environmental  development  goals.8  It  should  be  understood  and  assessed  

as  an  instrument  within  a  family  of  sustainable  and  territorial  development  policies.  

Examples  of  sustainable  development  programs  from  Brazil    

Brazil   is   a   reference   regarding   the   effective   implementation   of   environmental  

policies  in  the  Amazon,  provided  they  have  sufficient  political  support  and  priority.  In  

recent   years,   following   commitments   to   reduce   emissions   of   greenhouse   gases  

caused   by   deforestation,   the   Brazilian   government   has   developed   a   series   of  

technical  and  legal  instruments  to  improve  the  inadequate  forms  of  occupation  and  

land  use  of  Amazon's  natural   resources,   facing   the   challenges  of   sustainability   and  

socioeconomic  development  agenda  of  the  country  and  the  region.  

One   such   policy   is   the   2008   Territories   of   Citizenship   programme,   which   aims   to  

reinforce   policies   to   reduce   poverty   and   social   inequalities   in   the   country’s   rural  

areas.  The  programme  involves  integrated  actions  at  three  levels  (federal,  state  and  

municipal)   and   establishes   and   coordinates   management   committees   at   the  

national,   state   and   territorial   levels.   The  main  objectives  of   the  programme  are   to  

integrate  public  policies  on  the  basis  of  territorial  planning,  expand  mechanisms  for  

social   participation   in   the   management   of   public   policies   and   provide   a   broader  

range  of  more  universal  citizenship  programmes.    

The  programme  has  two  basic  lines  of  action:  one  to  support  production  activity,  and  

another  aimed  at  the    

exercise  of   rights   and   institution-­‐building.   The  aim   is   to  achieve   social   inclusion  by  

stimulating  income  generation  in  the  rural  economy,  as  well  as  citizen  participation  

in  the  planning  of  sustainable  territorial  development  and  access  to  essential  public  

services   such   as   civil   documentation,   food   and   nutritional   security,   health   care,  

education,   culture,   social   organization   and   infrastructure   (housing,   access   roads,  

energy  and  sanitation).    

The  programme  selects  territories  based  on  the  following  criteria:  (i)  territories  with  

a  lower  human  development  index  (HDI);  (ii)  territories  with  a  high  concentration  of  

beneficiaries   of   the   cash-­‐transfer   programme   Bolsa   Familia;   (iii)   concentration   of  

                                                                                                               8  The  conceptual  definition  of  land-­‐use  planning  was  proposed  by  Angel  Massiris.  

Page 22: Literatuur en Manual

  22  

family-­‐based   subsistence   farming   and   agrarian   reform   settlements;   (iv)   high  

concentration   of   Quilombola   (descendants   of   runaway   slaves)   and   indigenous  

populations;  (v)  territories  with  a  high  number  of  municipalities  with  slow  economic  

growth;  and  (vi)  territories  with  a  high  level  of  social  organization  (social  capital).    

According  to  the  Ministry  of  Agricultural  Development  (MDA)  of  Brazil,  which  is  the  

main   federal  manager   for   the   programme,   the   current   coverage   is   164   territories,  

representing  58%  of  the  country’s  surface  area  and  52  million  inhabitants.    

Another   relevant   instrument   for   territorial   and   environmental   management   is  

Ecological-­‐Economic   Zoning.   Initially   planned   for   the   Amazon   region,   due   to   the  

visibility  of  the  forest  in  the  international  context,  the  EEZ  became  later  a  Program  of  

the  Multi-­‐Year  Plan  for  the  whole  country,  under  the  coordination  of  the  Ministry  of  

Environment.  

The  EEZ  is  based  on  a  spatial  analysis  of  environmental,  social  and  economical  data,  

in  order  to  guide  the  design  of  strategies  for  the  occupation  and  sustainable  land  use  

of  the  territory.  The  EEZ  provides  robust  information  for  public  policy  development,  

territorial  and  environmental  planning,  as  well  as  decisions  of  private  agents.  

The  EEZ  guides  national,  state  and  municipal   levels   to  adopt  policies   that  converge  

with   the   guidelines   of   the   country's   strategic   planning,   proposing   solutions   for  

environmental   protection   and   development   to   consider   the   improvement   of   living  

conditions  of  the  population  and  reducing  the  risk  of  loss  of  natural  heritage  (MMA,  

2003).  

In  summary,  the  EEZ  has,  among  its  objectives:  

•  Support  the  development  of  plans,  programs  and  policies  and  propose  alternatives  

for   decision-­‐making,   within   the   perspective   of   compatibility   between   economic  

activities  and  the  natural  environment;  

•   Identify   inconsistencies   and   affinities   between   national   policies   for   environment  

and  development;  

•   Gather   efforts   to   systematize   data   and   information   to   support,   for   example,  

environmental  licensing  and  government  action  to  control  deforestation;  

•  Identify  opportunities  for  the  use  of  natural  resources,  establishing  the  parameters  

necessary  for  its  operation;  

•   Identify   and  analyze  environmental   problems,   such  as  degraded  areas,   improper  

use  and  illegal  exploitation  

•   Propose   legal   guidelines   and   programs   in   nature   conservation   and   sustainable  

development.  

Page 23: Literatuur en Manual

  23  

Map  6:  Ecological-­‐Economic  macrozoning  of  Legal  Amazonia,  territorial  and  strategic  units.  

 Note:  Map  is  best  readable  on  400  percent.  

Source:  MMA    

The   third   programme   reviewed   here   concerns   the   Action   Plan   for   Prevention   and  

Control   of   Deforestation   in   the   Amazon   (PPCDAM),   launched   in   2004,   which  

operates  in  an  area  of  5  million  km2,  called  Legal  Amazon.  

This  Action  Plan  is  executed  with  the  participation  of  more  than  ten  ministries  under  

the  coordination  of  the  Ministry  of  the  Interior  (Casa  Civil)  of  the  Presidency  of  the  

Federal   Republic.   Their   actions   are   structured   around   three   main   areas:   (i)  

agriculture   and   land   management,   (ii)   monitoring   and   environmental   control   and  

(iii.)  building  sustainable  productive  activities.    

Priorities  were  the   improvement  of  coverage  of  monitoring  satellite  systems  of  the  

region  and  the  strengthening  of  environmental  control  and  supervision  activities.    

The   Actual   Time   System   for   Detection   of   Deforestation   (DETER),   and   the   Amazon  

Deforestation   Monitoring   Project   (PRODES)   for   the   satellite   monitoring   of   the  

Amazon   Forest,   both   under   the   management   of     INPE   (National   Institute   of  

Environmental   Research)   and   supported   by   the   Ministry   of   Environment,   were  

actions  under  the  PPCDAM.    

Page 24: Literatuur en Manual

  24  

Map  7:  Protected  Areas  in  the  Brazilian  Amazon  in  December  2010.  

   Source  ©  IMAZON/ISA,  2011  

DETER   is  a  quick  survey  done  monthly   since  May  2004,  with  data   from  the  MODIS  

Sensor   of   the   Terra/Aqua   satellite   and   from   Sensor  WFI   of   CBERS   satellite,  with   a  

spatial  resolution  of  250  m.  DETER  is  designed  as  an  early  warning  system  to  support  

surveillance  and  control  of  deforestation.  DETER  maps  both  clear  cutting  areas  and  

areas  in  process  of  deforestation  by  forest  degradation.  

PRODES   has   been   recognized   as   a   fundamental   contribution   to   PPCDAM   goals  

achievement   due   its   agility   and   transparency   in   the   dissemination   of   Amazon  

deforestation  data.  The  main  advantage  of  this  procedure  is  the  accuracy  of  the  geo-­‐

referencing   of   deforestation   polygons   in   order   to   produce   a   geographic  

multitemporal  database.  

Control  activities  under  the  PPCDAM  consisted  of  hundreds  of  operations   involving    

IBAMA  (Brazilian  Institute  of  Environment  and  Renewable  Natural  Resources),  state  

environmental   agencies,   the   Federal   Police,   the   National   Security   Force   and  

sometimes  the  Brazilian  Army  to  combat  illegal  schemes  for  logging  and  land  use.    

Page 25: Literatuur en Manual

  25  

The  PPCDAM  also  regularized  the  system  of  land  property,  created  protected  natural  

areas  and  provided  initial  incentives  for  a  sustainable  economy.    

Finally,   the   protection   of   social   and   environmental   diversity   is   being   protected  

through  the  recognition  of  land  rights  of  indigenous  peoples  and  the  consolidation  of  

a  diverse  set  of  protected  areas.  These  conservation  strategies  have  been  increasing  

in   recent   years   and   now   reach   an   area   of   3,502,750   km2   (2,144,412   km2   in  

indigenous   and   1,696,529   km2   in   protected   areas,   with   336   365   km2   of   overlap  

between  them)  corresponding  to  45%  of  the  region.  

Parts   of   the   Protected   Natural   Areas   (PNA)   and   Indigenous   Territories   (IT)   in   the  

Amazon  have  become  true  islands  of  forests,  due  to  the  expansion  of  the  industry  of  

basic  products  at  low  added  value  for  exportation.  (RAISG,  2012)  

Concluding  remarks  

Planning   for   sustainable   development   of   the   Amazon   Basin   has   come   a   long   way  

since   the   1970s   witnessed   the   acceleration   of   deforestation   due   to   development  

programs   in   all   nine   countries   that   encouraged  migration   to   colonize   the   Amazon  

territories.   In   particular,   government   programs   in   Ecuador,   Peru   and   Brazil   at   the  

time  encouraged  deforestation  as  a   requirement   to  obtain  property   rights,   forever  

changing  patterns  of  territorial  occupation  of  the  Amazon.  

Environmental  concerns  started  to  permeate  development  plans   in  the  late  1970’s,  

shortly   before   the   international   crisis   of   the   early   1980’s   imposed   a   shift   in  

development  paradigm  away  from  planning.  The  crisis  of  the  1980s  and  the  market-­‐

oriented   development   strategy   did   little   to   redress   the   negative   environmental  

consequences  of  changing  land-­‐uses  in  the  Amazon  Basin.  

It  was  not  until  the  1990’s  that  environmental  sustainability  of  development  became  

a   prominent   concern.   Most   countries   started   to   build   a   legal   framework   and   a  

technical  capability  to  manage  environmental  issues.  At  the  same  time,  development  

planning   was   reinvented   and   the   process   of   decentralization   of   competencies   to  

local   governments   advanced.   Regional   development   strategies   to   deal  with   spatial  

inequalities  are  even  more  recent.  

Land-­‐use  planning,  which  should  be  a  prime  tool  for  environmental  sustainability  as  

well   as   territorial   cohesion,   is  being   implemented   in  most   countries   for   little  more  

over   a   decade   or   two.   Much   progress   has   been   made   in   its   conceptualization,  

drafting  of  laws,  policies,  plans,  methodological  guidelines,  information  systems  and  

civil  society  participation  mechanisms.  Not  the  same  can  be  said  about  its  impact  in  

terms  of  the  effective  solution  of  territorial  and  environmental  issues.  

Page 26: Literatuur en Manual

  26  

The   problem   is   complex.   Its   successful   implementation   requires   adequate  

coordination   among   levels   and   across   sectors   of   Government   as   well   as   a   shared  

long-­‐term   vision   including   desired   social,   economic   and   technological  

transformations.   There   are   information   asymmetries,   risks   of   capture   by   interest  

groups  and  all  the  known  pitfalls  of  government  failure.  

Land-­‐use   pressures   in   the   Amazon   Basin   will   increase   in   the   foreseeable   future.  

Much  more  is  needed  in  terms  of  planning  competencies  at  all  levels  of  government,  

in  order  to  ensure  environmental  sustainability  and  territorial  cohesion.  More  is  also  

needed   in   terms   of   international   coordination,   even   acknowledging   important  

achievements   by   the   Amazon   Cooperation   Treaty   Organization   and   the   UNASUR  

Ministerial  Council  for  Infrastructure  and  Planning  COSIPLAN.  

Page 27: Literatuur en Manual

  27  

References  

Alencar,  Ane;  Laurent  Micol;   John  Reid;  Marcos  Amend;  Marilia  Oliveira;  Vivian  Zeidemann  and   Wilson   Cabral   de   Sousa   Júnior,   2005.   A   pavimentação   da   BR-­‐163   e   os   desafios   à  sustentabilidade:   uma   análise   econômica   social   e   ambiental.   CSF,   Belo  Horizonte,   Brasil.  ISBN  85-­‐99451-­‐01-­‐4.  

Alencar,   Ane;   Nepstad,   N.;  McGrath,   D.;  Moutinho,   P.;   Pacheco,   P.;   Diaz,  M.   D.   C.   V.   and  Soares-­‐Filho,   B.,   2004.   Desmatamento   na   Amazônia:   indo   além   da   emergência   crônica.  IPAM,  Belém,  Brasil.  

Bara   Neto,   Pedro,   Ricardo   J.   Sánchez   and   Gordon  Wilmsmeier,   2006.   Hacia   un   desarrollo  sustentable   e   integrado   de   la   Amazonía.   Los   corredores   de   transporte   en   la   cuenca  amazónica  central   -­‐  occidental  y   sus  afluentes  principales  en  Brasil,  Colombia,  Ecuador  y  Perú;   Serie  Recursos  Naturales   e   Infraestructura   109.   CEPAL,  Naciones  Unidas;   Santiago,  Chile.    

Britaldo   Silveira   Soares   Filho  et   al.,   2009.   “Reduction  of   Carbon  Emissions  Associated  with  Deforestation  in  Brazil:  The  Role  of  the  Amazon  Region  Protected  Areas  Program  (ARPA)”;  UFMG,  IPAM,  WHRC,  WWF:  http://assets.wnf.nl/downloads/arpa_report_english.pdf  

Correa-­‐Viana   y   Esclasans,   Impactos  de   la   industria   petrolera.   En:   KLEIN,   E.;   CÁRDENAS,   J.J.  (eds.).   Identificación   de   prioridades   de   conservación   asociadas   a   los   ecosistemas   de   la  fachada  atlántica  venezolana  y  a  su  biodiversidad.  Caracas,  Venezuela:  Universidad  Simón  Bolívar;  The  Nature  Conservancy.  p.  69-­‐71.  

FAO,   2011.   The   State   of   Forests   in   the   Amazon   Basin,   Congo   Basin   and   Southeast   Asia.   A  report   prepared   for   the   Summit   of   the   Three   Rainforest   Basins,   Brazzaville,   Republic   of  Congo  |  31  May–3  June,  2011  

FEARNSIDE,  P.M.  and  S.  PUEYO,  2012.  Greenhouse-­‐gas  emissions  from  tropical  dams.  Nature  Climate  Change  2:  382-­‐384.  

Kriege  and  Chedi-­‐Toelsie,  2006;  Way,  2012.  KRIEGE,  R.;  CHEDI-­‐TOELSIE,  S.  2006.  A  case  study  of  progressive  cavity  pump  gauges  and  installation  in  staatsolie,  Suriname.    

Margulis,  Sergio  (2003):  Causas  do  Desmatamento  da  Amazônia  Brasileira  -­‐  1ª  edição;  Banco  Mundial,  Brasilia,  Brasil  ISBN:  85-­‐88192-­‐10-­‐1.    

OTCA   UNEP,   2009.   PNUMA;   OTCA;   CIUP.   2009.   GEO   Amazonía:   perspectivas   del   medio  ambiente  en  la  Amazonía.  Panamá:  Pnuma;  Brasília,  Brasil:  OTCA.    

PDVSA,   2012.   PDVSA   (Petróleos   de  Venezuela   S.A.).   2012.   Informe  de   gestión   anual   2011:  PDVSA  y  filiales.  Caracas,  Venezuela.    

RAISG,  2012.  RAISG,  2012.  Amazonía  bajo  presión.  68  págs.  (www.raisg.socio  ambiental.org)  

Secretaria  de  Planejamento,  Brasil,  2012.  PAC  2  –  O  Circulo  Virtuoso  do  Desenvolvimento.  5º  Balanço.  Secretaria  de  Planejamento,  Brasilia.  

Silvestrini  et  al.,  2011.  SILVESTRINI,  R.  A.  et  al.,  2011.  Simulating  fire  regimes  in  the  Amazon  in  response  to  climate  change  and  deforestation.  Ecological  Applications  21:  1573-­‐1590.  

UNODC,   2011.  UNODC   (Oficina   de   las  Naciones  Unidas   contra   la   Droga   y   el   Delito),   2011.  Monitoreo  de  cultivos  de  coca.  Gobiernos  de  Bolivia,  Colombia,  Ecuador  y  Perú.  

Page 28: Literatuur en Manual

  28  

SPATIAL  IMPLICATIONS  ON  LAND  AND  RESOURCES  OF  NEW  ROAD  

INFRASTRUCTURE  IN  SURINAME:  LAND  USE  SCANNER  

Mathilde  Molendijk,  Martin  van  deer  Beek,  Ronnie  Lassche  

Abstract:  In  the  sparsely  populated  country  of  Suriname,  South  America,  plans  are  being  

made  to  develop  the  infrastructure  and  connect  Suriname  with  Brazil  via  a  new  

road  straight  through  the  country’s  pristine  forest  area.  Geoinformation  plays  a  

crucial   role   in   assessing   potential   spatial   changes   in   land   and   resources  

resulting   from   these   new   infrastructural   plans.   The   implications   for   people  

living   in   these   affected   areas   can   be   demonstrated   by   visualizing   potential  

impact  areas  on  maps  that  are  accessible  for  all.  

Introduction  

In  December  2010  a  memorandum  of  understanding  (MoU)  was  signed  between  the  

Suriname   government   and   Chinese   company   “China   Harbor”   to   investigate   the  

possibilities   to   construct   a   road   and   a   railroad   connecting   the   capital   city   of  

Paramaribo   in   the  North  of   the   country,   to  Brazil.  Other  parts  of   the  MoU   include  

e.g.  the  possible  development  of  a  deep  sea  harbor.  These  intentions  suggest  a  focus  

on  transport  of  bulk  goods  such  as  mining  products  and  timber  from  the  interior  of  

Suriname,  possible   from  Brazil  as  well,   to   the  north  of   the  country.   Implications  of  

the   plans   are   not   know   yet,   but   modeling   possible   spatial   impacts   of   these   new  

infrastructural   works   demonstrates   where   changes   in   land   use   could   occur   in   the  

future.    

In  this  article  we  describe  the  development  of  the  modeling  process  of  the  new  road  

infrastructure  for  Suriname,  using  the  “ClueScanner”  tool.    Spatial  awareness  of  the  

possible  implications  of  such  a  new  road  among  local  stakeholders  can  be  achieved  

through  the  publication  of  maps  (web  based,  or  in  paper  format)  and  by  developing  

educational   modules   to   explore   impacts   in   the   local   livelihoods.   Only   when   all  

stakeholders   have   the   same   information   at   their   disposal,   a  meaningful   discussion  

can  take  place.    

First  we  will   explain   the  data   collection  necessary   to   set  up  a   spatial  model  of   the  

new  road  infrastructure  in  Suriname.  The  resulting  maps  are  made  accessible  for  the  

public  through  the  EduGIS  website.  Finally  we  will  present  the  results  of  the  spatial  

modeling  exercise.  

Page 29: Literatuur en Manual

  29  

Data  collection  

The  construction  of   infrastructural  works,  such  as  roads,  has  mayor  spatial   impacts  

on  future  land  use  patterns.  A  road  opens  up  previously  less  accessible  areas,  which  

makes   the   area   attractive   for   various   forms   of   economic   exploitation.   It   becomes  

more   attractive   to   harvest   wood,   it   enables   bulk   transport   as   well   of   mining  

products,   it   open   ups   new   opportunities   for   small   and   large   scale   agriculture,  

previously  peripheral   villages  get  better  and  cheaper   connections   to   the   centre.   In  

such   areas,   land   speculation   is   likely   to   occur   by   people   who   expect   profits   by  

claiming   vast   tracks   of   land   in   these   areas   as   concessions   for   timber   or   mining  

extraction.     Several  methods   exist   to  model   such   spatial   impacts   of   infrastructural  

works.  

Before  starting  the  process  of  modelling,  spatial  data  had  to  be  collected.  Data  and  

maps   stem   from   different   sources.   There   are   many   examples   of   participatory  

mapping   projects   by   local   stakeholders   (http://www.amazonteam.org,   Suriname),  

but   predominantly   nongovernmental   organizations   and   especially   governmental  

bodies  are   the  main  producers  of  digital   information  and  maps.   In   the  Surinamese  

case   study,   data   has   been   collected   from   sources   as   the   Centre   of   Agricultural  

Research   of   the   ADEK   University   of   Suriname),   the   Foundation   for   Forest  

Management  and  Production  Control,  and  the  Department  of  Geology  and  Mining  of  

the  Ministry  of  Natural  Resources.  The  trajectories  of  the  proposed  news  roads  and  

location  of  the  dams  are  based  on  existing  paper  map  plans.  These  maps  have  been  

digitized   and   geo-­‐referenced.   Information   on   the   data   can   be   found   at  

http://www.edugis.nl/lesmodules/Suriname/metadata.html.   The  maps  were  placed  

on  the  public  EduGIS  website,  so  everyone  can  see,  by  combining  map  layers,  where  

village  territories  overlap  with  the  planned  infrastructural  works,  or  where  the  future  

roads  would  cross  through  which  concession  areas.  In  the  figure  below  (Figure  1)  one  

can  distinguish  all  the  different  maps  that  have  been  collected  at  the  left  side  of  the  

menu  under  “lagenselectie”.  Each  map  can  be  displayed  in  the  screen,  and  different  

map   layers   can   be   combined,   depending   on   the   interest   of   the   user:   e.g.   one   can  

combine  a  map  with  location  of  the  new  road,  with  the  villages  and  the  concession  

areas.  To  explore  the  datasets  or  maps,  an  educational  module  has  been  developed,  

to  be  found  at  the  right  side  of  the  menu.  

Page 30: Literatuur en Manual

  30  

Figure  1:  EduGIS  website,  Suriname  section  

 

More   challenging   however   is   to   use   these   GIS  maps   to  model   the   possible   future  

spatial  impacts  of  such  new  infrastructural  works.  A  model  that  generates  images  of  

possible  effects  based  on  different  scenarios,  and  that  calculates  spatial   impacts  of  

policy  alternatives  is  a  valuable  tool  in  the  decision  making  process.  For  this  exercise,  

the  ClueScanner  model  has  been  used.  

Modelling  of  the  impact  area  

Once  the  optimal  routing  has  been  established  we  attempt  at  measuring  the  impact  

of  the  road  on  the  territory  that  is  trespassed  as  it  will  develop  in  the  course  of  time.    

Many   SEAs   apply   ex   ante   limits   to   impact   areas   as   observed   in   this   study,   like  

mountain  ranges,  wide  rivers,  and  national  borders.  Border  areas  in  particular  have  

been   excluded   from   SEAs   while   the   creation   of   international   linkages  may   induce  

significant  change  in  areas  at  both  sides  of  the  border.    

Among  the  models  available  for  assessing  the  probable  impact  area  of  a  road  the  so-­‐

called   ClueScanner   is   used.   This   GIS   based   land   use   model   generates   spatial  

projections   for   alternative   scenarios,   depending   on   a   series   of   variables   related   to  

land  suitability,  physical  factors,   infrastructure,  markets,  population  concentrations,  

and  government  policies.      

Page 31: Literatuur en Manual

  31  

The   ClueScanner   model   is   a   spatial   explicit   calculation   instrument   for   making  

projections  of  future  land  use.  The  basic  assumption  is  that  multiple  land  use  types  

(built   area,   agriculture,   forest,   nature,   water   etc.)   compete   for   the   same   limited  

amount  of  land.  The  regional  demand  and  the  local  suitability  for  the  land  use  type  

determine   the  price  a   land  user   is   ‘willing   to  pay’   for  a   specific   land  unit.  The   land  

units   are   modelled   as   grid   cells.   The   ClueScanner   is   used   in   a   case   study   for  

Suriname,  to  model  the  effects  of  new  infrastructure  (roads,  railways,  waterways)  on  

land  use  changes,  as  represented  in  figure  2.  

Figure  2:  land  use  model  as  used  in  ClueScanner  study  for  Suriname      

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regional  Demands  are  projections  of  the  total  amount  of   land  use  (change).  These  

projections  are  land  use  type  specific.  Sources  for  these  projections  can  be  sector  or  

demographic  models   (demographic   growth   usually   results   in   a   higher   demand   for  

built   up   areas   and   agricultural   land).   The   demands   can   also   be   based   on   expert  

knowledge.  

The  Local  Suitability  is  modelled  for  each  land  use  type  at  the  land  unit  level.  It  may  

incorporate  a  large  number  of  suitability  factors  referring  to  various  aspects  such  as:    

• current   land   use:   the   suitability   of   a   land   use   type   for   a   land   unit   is   often  

higher   if   this   land   use   type   already   occurs   in   the   land   unit   in   the   previous  

period.  Especially  for  land  use  transitions  which  high  costs  (for  example  if  new  

housing  areas  need  to  be  build),  this  can  be  a  substantial  factor.  The  presence  

of   the   same   land   use   type   in   the   neighbourhood   often   also   increases   the  

suitability,   for   example   because   new  housing   areas  make   use   of   services   of  

adjacent  housing  areas.        

Regional  

Demand  

Current  landuse                Physical                        Policy                  Distance  relations    

Allocation   Future  Landuse  

Local    Suitability  

Page 32: Literatuur en Manual

  32  

• physical  properties,   such  as  altitude,   slope  and  soil   type.  Flat,   low-­‐lying   land  

units   are   often   relative   more   suitable   for   built   up   area,   infrastructure   and  

intensive  agriculture,  as  the  construction  and  maintenance  costs  are  relatively  

low.        

• planning  policies,   such  as  protected  areas,  materials  and  concession  policies  

determine  the  suitability  of  areas  to  be  exploited  and  developed.    

• distance  relations  to  nearby  features,  such  as  towns,  harbours,  roads  or  rivers  

determine  the  suitability  especially  if  transport  costs  are  relevant.    

The   suitability   of   land   units   is   affected   by   nearby   improvements   of   roads.   In   the  

Suriname   applications,   new   roads  will   reduce   the   travel   times   from   the   inlands   to  

Paramaribo   from   24   hours   to   less   than   8   hours.   The   improved   accessibility   will  

increase  the  suitability  for  land  use  types  differently.  This  implies  that  some  land  use  

types   are   assumed   to   pay   higher   prices   for   the   land   units   that   become   more  

accessible.  In  the  allocation  module,  these  higher  prices  will,  ceteris  paribus,  result  in  

the   allocation   of   built   area   and   agriculture   nearby   the   new   roads.   This   pattern  

corresponds  to  what  can  be  observed  on  existing  maps.    

The   allocation   module   allocates   the   land   use   types   according   to   their   local  

suitabilities,  taking  the  claims  as  preconditions  that  need  to  be  fulfilled.  If  the  claims  

cannot  be   fulfilled,   status   information  on  why  no   feasible   solution  can  be   found   is  

presented.  The  allocation  model  uses  a  discrete  allocation  function,  resulting  in  one  

land  use  type  for  each  land  unit.  More  information  on  this  function  can  be  found  at:  

http://wiki.objectvision.nl/index.php/Discrete_   Allocation.   To   calculate   the   results,  

the  GeoDMS  software  is  used.  The  GeoDMS  is  a  modelling  framework  that  supports  

a   controlled   and   efficient   calculation   process,   especially   useful   for   large   spatial  

datasets.  In  the  Suriname  case  study  allocation  results  are  calculated  for  more  than  4  

million  grid  cells  and  dozens  of  suitability  factor  maps  within  one  minute.  

To  calculate  the  results,  the  GeoDMS  software   is  used.  The  GeoDMS  is  a  modelling  

framework   that   supports   a   controlled   and   efficient   calculation   process,   especially  

useful   for   large   spatial   datasets.   In   the   Suriname   case   study   allocation   results   are  

calculated   for  more   than   4  million   grid   cells   and   dozens   of   suitability   factor  maps  

within  one  minute.  

Results  

The  result  of  the  model  is  a  projection  of  the  future  land  use.  In  the  ClueScanner  this  

usually  means  a  projection  for  several  time  steps  of  one  year  or  smaller.  Animation  

Page 33: Literatuur en Manual

  33  

techniques  can  be  used  to  visualise  the  developments,  using  the  future  land  use  of  

the  time  steps  as  input.  An  example  of  a  result  map  is  presented  in  figure  3  below.  

Figure  3  Land  Use  Suriname  2025  

 

Other  Shifting  cultivation  Built  up  Large-­‐scale  agriculture  Small-­‐scale  agriculture  Rice  Forest  Swamp  and  savannah  forests  Open  areas  Water  Exterior  

 

 

The   results   of   the  model   indicate   that   at   some   locations   along   the   new  projected  

road,  there  is  a  low  impact  to  be  expected  within  500  m  road  buffer,  whereas  other  

locations  demonstrate  a  high  impact  within  a  four  kilometer  road  buffer.  These  maps  

and   animations   can   be   used   for   discussion   with   stakeholders   and   for   the  

development  and  evaluation  of  spatial  policy  plans.    

The  focus  of  the  ClueScanner  is  on  the  spatial  allocation  of  land  use  change.  The  model  does  not  predict   the  total  amount  of  demographic  growth  nor   the  prices  of  materials.  The  strengths  of  the  ClueScanner  are  that  it  can:  

Determine  whether  the  demands  can  be  satisfied  simultaneously  

Allocate  and  map  spatial  distributions  with  maximum  suitability  of  land  use  types  

Help  to  evaluate  the  impact  of  spatial  distribution  

The  model  is  developed  in  the  Netherlands,  a  country  in  which  land  use  changed  is  

mainly   influenced  by   spatial   planning  due   to   the  high  pressure   and   interactions  of  

land  use.  Investment  decisions  usually  have  a  time  horizon  of  multiple  years,  both  in  

terms  of  realizing  a  project  as  well  as   in  payback  time.   In  policy  rich  environments,  

the  model  therefore  usually  calculates  in  one  or  a  few  time  steps  of  10  or  15  years.  

In  this  context  the  name  Land  Use  Scanner(RuimteScanner  in  Dutch)  is  used.  

To  support  modelling  natural  processes  as  factors  for  land  use  change,  the  model  is  

made   dynamic   with   time   steps   of   one   year   or   smaller.   The   suitability   factors   are  

classified  as  static  (constant  during  the  projection  period)  or  dynamic  (dependent  on  

the  allocated  land  use  in  the  previous  period,  or  from  other  sources  that  differ  over  

Page 34: Literatuur en Manual

  34  

the  projection  period).  This  dynamic  approach  has  been  used  in  the  Suriname  case  to  

model  the  effects  of  the  different  stages  of  infrastructure  development  on  land  use  

change.  

The  ClueScanner  is  an  integral  model  for  analysing  the  effects  of  different  scenarios  

on   land   use   change.   Within   a   scenario   infrastructure   developments   can   be   an  

important  aspect  as  well  as  demographic  growth  or  spatial  policy  options.  The  model  

is  less  suitable  for  predicting  the  exact  location  of  where  a  road  will  be  build,  but  is  

suitable  for  projection  the  effects  on  development  of  built  up  areas  and  agriculture  

nearby  new   infrastructure  as  well  as  deforestation  and  mining,   taking   into  account  

also   other   relevant   developments   modelled   in   the   scenarios.   The   resulting  

animations   are   available   at:   http://www.object   vision.nl/projects/suriname-­‐new-­‐

infrastruc  ture.  

Conclusions  

With  the  application  of  the  “ClueScanner”  based  on  the  new  road  plans  in  Suriname,  

we   demonstrated   that   geoinformation   plays   a   crucial   role   in   assessing   potential  

spatial  changes  in  land  and  resources  resulting  from  these  new  infrastructural  plans.  

To  asses  interactions  with  natural,  technical  and  social  factors,  powerful  instruments  

are  needed  for  linking  information  from  different  sources  by  location.  

References  

Dijck,   Pitou   VAN,   The   Impact   of   the   IIRSA   Road   Infrastructure   Programme   on   Amazonia,  Earthscan,  Routledge,  2013  

EuClueScanner:  http://www.objectvision.nl/products/eucluescanner  

LandUseScanner:   http://www.objectvision.nl/products/ruimtescanner   and   http://www.  objectvision.nl/products/ruimtescanner/documents-­‐and-­‐articles  

Clue   Model:   http://www.ivm.vu.nl/en/Organisation/departments/spatial-­‐analysis-­‐decision-­‐support/Clue/index.asp  

Land  Use  Modelling:  http://www.feweb.vu.nl/gis/research/LUCAS  

Page 35: Literatuur en Manual

  35  

LAND  USE  SCANNER  EXERCISE  AND  ASSIGNMENT  

SPINlab  VU  University  Amsterdam  

version  January,  2013  

Looking   into   the   future   has   fascinated   mankind   for   ages.   With   the   advent   of  

computers  we  do  not  even  need  a  crystal  ball  anymore  to  foresee  how  our  country  

will  look  like  in  say  30  years  time.  Now,  regular  desktop  pcs  have  enough  computing  

power   to  help   simulate   future   land  use.  All   that   is   needed   is   a   set   of   spatial   data,  

modelling   software  and   some   thoughts  on  which   spatial  developments   you  expect  

are  going  to  happen  in  the  coming  decades.  The  latter  is  of  course  the  tricky  part.  By  

looking  at  current  developments  we  may  distil  trends  that  are  likely  to  continue  for  

the   coming   5   years,   but   looking  much   further   is   risky   at   best.  Many   uncertainties  

prevail:  Will  population  growth  come  to  a  halt?  Will  economic  development  be  slow?  

Will  society  prefer  ecological  sustainability  or  economic  prosperity?  What  will  be  the  

role  of  the  government  in  steering  socio-­‐economic  developments?      

A  much  favoured  approach  to  deal  with  the  uncertainties  

relating   to   future   spatial   developments   is   the   use   of  

scenarios.   By   describing   several   opposing   views   on   the  

future   we   can   simulate   a   broad   range   of   spatial  

developments,   thus   offering   a   full   overview   on   possible  

land-­‐use   alterations.   Each   individual   outlook   for   the  

future   will   not   necessarily   contain   the   most   likely  

prospects,   but   as   a   whole   the   simulations   provide   the  

bandwidth   of   possible   land-­‐use   changes.   The   individual  

scenarios   should   in   fact   not   strive   to   be   as   probable   as  

possible,   but   should   stir   the   imagination   and   broaden   the   view   on   the   future.  

Important   elements   are:   plausible   unexpectedness   and   informational   vividness  

(Xiang  and  Clarke,  2003).    

Simulating the future has only recently become part of science.

Page 36: Literatuur en Manual

  36  

In  this  assignment  you  will  be  asked  to  simulate  future  land  use  in  Suriname  with  an  

actual   land-­‐use   model   according   to   a   specific   scenario   of   socio-­‐economic  

developments.   First   we   will   introduce   the   Land   Use   Scanner   model   that   you   are  

going   to   use.   After   this   introduction   you   will   explore   the   model   in   a   hand-­‐on  

exercise.  When  you  are   familiar  with   the  model’s  main   functions  you  will   start   the  

actual  assignment.    

Introducing  the  land  use  scanner.  

In  this  assignment  we  will  use  the  Land  Use  Scanner,  an   integrated  land-­‐use  model  

that   has   been   used   for   various   policy   related   research   projects.   Early   applications  

include,   amongst   others,   the   simulation   of   future   land   use   following   different  

scenarios   (e.g.   Borsboom-­‐van   Beurden   et   al.,   2007)   and   the   evaluation   of  

alternatives   for  a  new  national  airport   (Scholten  et  al.,  1999).  The  model  has  been  

used  in  many  outlooks  on  the  future  relating  to  a  range  of  planning  themes,  such  as:  

water   management   (Dekkers   and   Koomen,   2007;   De   Moel   et   al.,   2011);   climate  

change   (Koomen   et   al.,   2008);   the   prospects   of   agricultural   land   use   in   the  

Netherlands  (Koomen  et  al.,  2005);  and  the  development  and  evaluation  of  regional  

spatial   strategies   (Koomen   et   al.,   2011).   Apart   from   these   Dutch   applications,   the  

model   has   also   been   applied   in   several   European   countries   (Hoymann,   2010;   Te  

Linde  et  al.,  2011;  Schotten  et  al.,  2001)  and  also  in  Honduras  and  Bangladesh.  The  

GeoDMS   framework   underlying   Land   Use   Scanner   is   also   used   in   the   recent   EU-­‐

ClueScanner  model  that  was  developed  for  the  European  Commission  and  that  now  

covers   the   27   member   states   of   the   European   Union   at   a   100meter   resolution  

(Lavalle  et  al.,  2011)  A  full  account  of  the  original  model  is  provided  by  Hilferink  and  

Rietveld  (1999),  whereas  recent  applications  are  documented  in  a  book  by  Koomen  

and   Borsboom-­‐van   Beurden   (2011).   For   an   extensive   overview   of   all   publications  

which  are  related  to  Land  Use  Scanner,  the  reader  is  referred  to  www.lumos.info  and  

www.feweb.vu.nl/gis.  

The   Land  Use   Scanner   is   a  GIS-­‐based  model   that   simulates   future   land  use.  Unlike  

many  other   land-­‐use  models   its  objective   is  not   to   forecast   the  dimension  of   land-­‐

use  change  but  rather  to  integrate  and  allocate  future  land-­‐use  claims  from  different  

sector-­‐specific  models.  The  model  offers  an  integrated  view  on  all  types  of  land  use.  

It   deals   with   urban,   natural   and   agricultural   functions,   distinguishing   10   different  

land-­‐use  categories.  The  model  is  grid-­‐based  and  uses  4,029,750  cells  of  250  by  250  

meter  to  cover  Suriname.  

Page 37: Literatuur en Manual

  37  

Current  land  use  per  cell,  clearly  showing  the  raster  structure.  

 

The  model  simulates  future  land  use,  based  on  the  following  main  components:    

the  present  situation;  

estimates   of   future   land   use   demand   per   for   the   whole   of   Suriname   (land-­‐use  

claims);  and  

suitability  for  a  certain  land  use  per  grid  cell.    

The  following  sections  describe  each  of  these  elements.  

a) Present  situation  

In  the  Land  Use  Scanner  the  present  situation  is  described  by:    

current  (i.e.  2012)  land  use;  

physical   maps   showing   the   physical   characteristic   of   the   grid   cells   in   this   model  

elevation,  slope  and  soil  are  used;  

Material  maps  showing  the  location  of  the  bauxite,  gold  and  timber  concessions;  

Accessibility  maps,  these  maps  provide  a  relative  measure  for  accessibility  to  several  

phenomena   for  example   to   roads,   rivers   and   towns.   The  accessibility  measure   is   a  

function  of  the  landuse  type  of  a  location  and  the  slope;  

policy  maps   showing  operative   (government)   policies   based  on   restrictions   (yes   or  

no);    

Page 38: Literatuur en Manual

  38  

b) Regional  demand  

Sector-­‐specific   models   of   specialized   institutes,   such   as   housing   and   employment  

models,  provide  the  regional  projections  of   land-­‐use  change  that  are  used  as   input  

for  the  Land  Use  Scanner  model.  These  are  called  claims  sets  in  the  model.  

c) Local  suitability  

Suitability  is  a  crucial  component  in  the  allocation  of  future  land  use.  This  suitability  

of  a  location  (grid  cell)  can  be  interpreted  as  the  net  benefits  that  a  land-­‐use  function  

derives  from  that  specific   location  and  are  expressed   in  Dollars  per  hectare.  A  high  

suitability   for   a   certain   land-­‐use   type   leads   to   a   high  probability   that   this   land-­‐use  

type  gets  allocated.  The  value  of  a  grid  cell  in  a  suitability  map  can  also  be  negative  

indicating  that  the  cell  is  highly  unsuitable  for  a  certain  land  use.  For  every  location  

the  suitability  or  attractiveness   for   the  different   land-­‐use   types   is  described,  based  

on  a  number  of  site  specific  characteristics.  The  factors  influencing  this  suitability  are  

divided  in  six  groups:    

1. current  land  use;  

2. neighbourhood,  

3. accessibility,  

4. physical  

5. material  

6. policy  

The   importance   of   each   contributing   factor   is   dependent   on   the   scenario   and  

weighted  in  a  script,  as  will  be  explained  in  the  exercise.    

d) Allocation  of  future  land  use  

The   demand   for   land   is   matched   with   the   supply   of   suitable   land,   resulting   in   a  

simulated   future   land   use   for   each   grid   cell.   This   process   is   called   allocation.   The  

Land  Use  Scanner  is  able  to  use  two  different  descriptions  of  land  use  per  cell  in  the  

allocation  process:    

1. a  continuous   description  using  heterogeneous  cells   to   indicate   the  amount  of   land  for   each   land-­‐use   type   present   at   a   specific   location   (as   was   explained   on   the  preceding  page).    

2. a  discrete  description  using  homogenous  to  indicate  the  single  dominant  land  use  at  a  particular  location.    

Each   description   of   land   use   has   its   own   allocation   procedure.   The   continuous  

allocation   uses   a   logit   function   to   calculate   the   most   probable   land   use   at   that  

Page 39: Literatuur en Manual

  39  

location,  whereas  the  discrete  allocation  uses  a  spatial  optimisation  procedure  that  

is   solved   though   a   form   of   linear   programming.   Appendix   1   briefly   explains   these  

different  allocation  procedures.  

The  outcomes  of  the  continuous  model  version  can  be  interpreted  as  the  expected  

proportions  of   land  to  be  used   for   the  various   types  of   land  use.  The  predominant  

land-­‐use  maps   depicting   these   results   are   similar   to   the   outcomes   of   the   discrete  

allocation  process.    

This   assignment   uses   the   discrete   allocation   procedure.   In   the   discrete   allocation  

every  cell  gets  a  single  value  representing  the  expected  land  use  type.  

The   spatial   developments   of   a   number   of   specific   land-­‐use   types   (Water,   Infra-­‐

structure,   Other   land   use   and   Exterior)   are   not   simulated   through   the   allocation  

module,  because  they  are  either  absent  or  having  a  very  confined,  local  appearance.  

These  normally  only  constitute  of  planned  additions   to   the   infrastructure  network,  

that  are  directly  (exogenously)  inserted  in  the  simulation  outcomes.    

The  functioning  of  the  model  is  summarised  below.  

Figure  1.    

 

Page 40: Literatuur en Manual

  40  

Exercise  –  Getting  to  know  the  Land  Use  Scanner    

To  familiarize  yourself  with  the  Land  Use  Scanner  model  we  ask  you  to  go  through  

this  simple  exercise.  Read  the  exercise  carefully!    

Each  time  an  Action  of  your  part  is  required  during  this  exercise,  the  symbol                    will  

be  printed  in  the  left  margin  of  the  page.  After  having  completed  all  steps  you  should  

be  able  to  use  all  basic  functions  of  the  model.  

e) Getting  started  

Start  the  Land  Use  Scanner  model.  

The  model  should  now  display  the  blank  starting  page  entitled:  Land  Use  Scanner  -­‐  

demo.dms.  Beneath  this  title-­‐bar  you  find:    

the  menu  bar  with  several  pull  down  menus,    

a  currently  empty  dark-­‐grey  tool-­‐bar  that  can  contain  window-­‐specific  tools,    

on  the  left  hand  side  a  TreeView  that  allows  you  to  navigate  through  the  spatial  data  

collection  

on   the   right   hand   side   a   currently   empty   light-­‐grey   data   view   area   (for   displaying  

tables  and  maps)  

at  the  bottom  a  status  bar  that  can  present  hints  and  status  information  

We  will  concentrate  on  the  TreeView,  since  that  provides  the  easiest  access  to  the  

model.  

 

f) Viewing  spatial  data  

The  Land  Use  Scanner  contains  a  number  of  spatial  data  sets.  These  can  be  viewed  

by  browsing  through  the  TreeView.  

1. Start   by   clicking   on   the   +   in   front   of   the   container   (directory)   called   “Present”  

and  again  on  the  +  in  front  of  the  subsequent  “landuse”  container.  This  container  

contains   amongst   others   the   data-­‐layer   model   that   describe   current   the   land  

use..   The   small   globes   [ ]   indicate   that   a   map   of   the   data-­‐layer   can   now   be  

drawn  in  the  data-­‐view  area.  

2. The   container   per_type   contains  maps   for   each   individual   land   use   type.   View  

several  land-­‐use  maps  by  trying  out  all  three  possible  ways  to  draw  a  map  view:    

• by  double-­‐clicking  on  any  of  the  data  layer  names.  This  option  allows  multiple  

data  layers  to  be  drawn  in  the  same  map  view  window.    

 

 

 

Page 41: Literatuur en Manual

  41  

• by  activating  (clicking  on)  the  data  layer  and  then  simultaneously  pressing  the  

Ctrl-­‐M   key   combination.   This   option  will   open   a   new  map   view  window   for  

every  data  layer.    

• by  giving  a  right  mouse-­‐click  on  the  data  layer  and  selecting  the  Map  View  >  

Default   option   from   the   appearing  menu.   This   option  will   open   a   new  map  

view  window  for  every  data  layer.  

Note   that  a   legend  appears  on   the   right  hand   side  with   the   land  use   type,   for   the  

layer  model  or  with  an  indication  (yes/no)  if  a  cell  is  of  the  selected  land  use  type  or  

not.  A  last  column  in  this  legend  contains  the  cell  count  for  each  class.  Because  the  

dimension  of  a  cell  is  250*250  meters  each  cell  equals  6.25  hectares.  

The   edit   palette   pop-­‐up  menu   option   allows   you   to   change   the   classification   and  

colour,  but  we  will  not  spend  time  on  that  (all  information  about  these  options  can  

be  found  in  the  user  guide,  also  available  on  www.objectvision.nl).    

3. The  tool-­‐bar  now  contains  several  standard  GIS-­‐functions  like:  

 zoom  in  

 

 zoom  out  

 pan  

 get  info  

  set  to  full  

extent  

 

  copy   visible   area   to  

clipboard  

  toggle  scalebar  

 

Explore   these   functions   to   familiarize   yourself   with   their   possibilities.   See   for   a  

description  of  all  tools  the  user  guide.    

Dominant  land  use  in  the  Netherlands  for  the  year  2000.  

4. The   Land   Use   Scanner   also   contains   a   collection   of   spatial   data   sets   that   are  

relevant   for   the  simulation  of   future   land  use.  These  sets  are  considered  when  

suitability  is  defined.    

Take  10  minutes  to  browse  through  the  containers  containing  physical,  material,  

accessibility  and  policy  maps.  You  will   find  physical  maps  with  elevation,   slope  

and   soil   conditions.   The   material   maps   contain   information   about   the   gold,  

bauxite   and   timber   concessions.   The   accessibility  maps   give   a  measure   of   the  

accessibility   of   certain   phenomena,   where   accessibility   is   a   combination   of  

distance   and   terrain   conditions.   The   protected   areas   can   be   found   under   the  

policy  maps.  

 

 

 

Page 42: Literatuur en Manual

  42  

g) Defining  suitability  

Future   scenarios  and  policy  alternatives  are   implemented   in   the  Land  Use  Scanner  

through   sets   of   maps   that   reflect   suitability   and   exogenous   developments   and   a  

table   with   land-­‐use   claims.   In   the   assignment   that   follows   this   exercise   these  

scenarios  will  be  introduced.  Now  will  first  explore  the  model,  starting  with  the  way  

suitability  is  included  in  the  model.    

1. Start   by   opening   the   high_population   scenario.   This   can   be   found   in   the  

container  ScenarioComponents  –  Suitability  –  High_population.  Here  you  see  

the   factors   influencing   the   suitability   local   suitability   for   the   landuse   class  

"bebouwd".  The  last  item  in  this  list  is  the  total  suitability,  this  is  the  sum  of  

all  the  suitability's  for  this  landuse  class.  Open  the  map  total  and  write  down  

the  minimum  and  maximum  value  in  the  statistics.          

2. Inspect  the  definition  of  the  suitability  map  that  you  opened  by  right-­‐clicking  

on  the  appropriate  data  layer  and  selecting  the  edit  config  source  option.  You  

may   also   hit   the  Crtl+E   keys   after   selecting   the  data   layer.   This  will   open   a  

text   editor   at   the   line   of   the   script   that   defines   the   data   layer   you   just  

opened.  Note  that  this  option  will  only  work  when  you  properly  refer  to  the  

text  editor  of  your  choice.  This  reference  is  made  in  the  General  settings  tab  

in  the  Options  menu  available  from  the  pull  down  menu  option  Tools:  

 

 

By  default,  the  Crimson  Editor  (downloadable  from:  www.crimsoneditor.com)  

is  configured  in  the  geo-­‐DMS.  The  appropriate  line  number  and  file  name  are  

provided  to  the  editor  by  means  of  the  parameters  (  /L:%L  “%F”).  Make  sure  

 

 

Page 43: Literatuur en Manual

  43  

that  the  correct  pathname  is  used  to  refer  to  the  location  where  the  editor  is  

installed.    

3. All  the  high_population  suitability  maps  are  defined  in  a  single  compact  text  

file  with  the  name  high_population.dms.  The  file  looks  like  this:      

 

Part  of  the  highpopulation.dms  suitability  script  

It  contains  a  header  and  a  series  of  text  lines  relating  to  the  actual  suitability  of  

the   various   land-­‐use   functions.   See   for   example   the   suitability   script   of   the  

"bebouwd"  land-­‐use  function  in  the  figure  above.    

A  function’s  suitability  is  distinguished  in  values  related  to:  

1) current  land  use;  

2) neighbourhood  maps  (distance  decay  maps);    

3) accessibility  maps;    

4) physical  maps;  

5) material  maps;  and  

6) policy  maps.  

These  six  segments  are  separately  indicated  under  each  land-­‐use  function.  

Note  that  most  available  spatial  datasets  are   included   in  the  script,  but  apart  

from  the  one  that  relates  to  current  land  use  all  values  (the  encircled  numbers)  

Page 44: Literatuur en Manual

  44  

are   set   to   zero.   This   means   that   the   suitability   of   a   land-­‐use   function   is  

currently   only   related   to   present   land   use.   This   is   a   good   start   because   we  

normally   want   to   preserve   land-­‐use   functions   on   their   current   location.  

Remember   that  we  will   simulate   the   total  of   current   land  use  and  additional  

claims   on   a   blank   map.   To   include   the   preferred   locations   for   the   future  

development  of  specific  land-­‐use  functions  we  will  however  need  to  add  values  

to  the  relevant  datasets.  Doing  this   in  a  structured  way  that   is  coherent  with  

the  storyline  of  the  scenario  is  the  objective  of  the  upcoming  assignment.  For  

now  we  will  only  practice  adjusting  the  script.  

Please  only  adjust  the  values  in  the  encircled  area,  so  do  not  for  example  change  the  

km  or  Percent  values  at  the  end  of  the  lines.    

As  a  guideline,  you  can  use  the  following  values  for  indicating  the  importance  of  the  

various  datasets/policies/maps:  

Importance   Value  

Not  important   0.0  

Somewhat  important   0.5  

Important   1.0  

Very  important   2.0  

Of   course,   you   are   free   to   choose   values   outside   these   guidelines.   For   example,   if  

you  really  want  to  stress  the  importance,  you  could  set  the  value  to  3.0  and  see  what  

the   effect   is   on   your   simulation   result.   If   a   factor   has   a   negative   effect   on   the  

suitability  you  can  use  negative  values.  For  example  the  fact  that  an  area  is  protected  

is  very   important   for  the  suitability  of  that   land,  but   it  diminishes  the  suitability.   In  

this  case  you  should  use  a  negative  value.  

Scroll  down  to  the  part  of  the  high_population.dms  script  that  relates  to  the  function  

"bebouwd"   land   use,   which   is   indicated   by   a   green   heading   with   the   word  

"bebouwd".   Change   the   values   for   the   accessibility   to   major   roads,   minor   roads,  

town  and  airport  from  0  to  1.  Make  sure  you  save  the  changes  you  made.  

Reopen   the   Land  Use   Scanner   by   hitting   the  ALT   and   R   keys   simultaneously   or   by  

going   to   the   File   dropdown  menu,   choose   open   configuration   file,   and   select   the  

demo.dms   file.   DO  NOT   SAVE   THE   CHANGES  MADE   TO   THE   CURRENT  DEMO.DMS  

FILE!    

Note  Reopening  the  Land  Use  Scanner  allows  the  model  to  take  your  update  in  the  

suitability-­‐script   into  account.  You  can  now  redraw  the  changed  suitability  map  for  

 

 

Page 45: Literatuur en Manual

  45  

"bebouwd"   land   use   in   the   high   population   scenario.   If   you   open   the   accessibility  

map  you  see  what  the  accessibility  factors  will  contribute  to  the  total  suitability  for  

this   land  use  type.  To  see  the  total  suitability   for  the   land  use  type  you  must  open  

the  total  map.  

Compare  the  current  minimum  and  maximum  values  with  the  original  ones  that  you  

wrote  down  in  step  1.  Have  the  values  changed  as  you  expected  them  to?  Also  check  

whether   the  pattern   reflects   that  of   the  underlying  data-­‐layers  by   adding   these   to  

the  map  view  and  compare  it  with  the  saved  bitmap.  

Other  scenario  components  

Apart   from   suitability,   scenarios   are   defined   through   their   exogenous   land-­‐use  

developments  and  land-­‐use  claims.  

1. The   container   ScenarioComponents   >   Suitability   >   high_population_  

new_infrastructure   contains   the   extra   suitability   components   in   case   new  

infrastructure  (roads  and  dams)  are  constructed.  These  extra  suitabilities  are  

added  to  the  suitabilities  you  have  defined  in  the  container  high_population.  

2. Each  land-­‐use  function  demands  a  certain  surface  area.  For  each  scenario,  the  

demand  per   land-­‐use  type  may  vary.  For  example,   in  a  scenario  with  higher  

population   growth,   it   is   presumable   that   more   space   will   be   needed   for  

residential  areas,  thus  the  land-­‐use  claim  (in  hectares)  for  "bebouwd"  will  be  

higher.   The   container   ScenarioComponents   >   ClaimSets   >   high_population  

contains  the  land-­‐use  claims  for  each  land-­‐use  type.    

Note  that  it  is  not  necessary  for  all  land-­‐use  claims  to  add  up  exactly  to  the  amount  

of  land  available  (the  current  land  use),  i.e.  there  can  be  over-­‐demand  or  over-­‐supply  

of  land.  

Simulating  future  land  use  

1. In  the  TreeView,  click  on  Simulations  >  high_population.  Within  this  container  

you  will  find  a  results  container.  When  you  open  this  container.  you  will  see  

two  subcontainers:  LandUse  and  evaluation.  The  container  LandUse  contains  

result   maps   of   all   eleven   land-­‐use   types   for   2025   (subdivided   in   two  

subcontainers:  Endogenous  and  model  land  use).    

2. The   container   evaluation   contains   a   set   of   evaluation  measures,   which   are  

described  below:  

3. Two  table-­‐containers,  CurrentLanduse  and  AllocatedLanduse.    

4. Double-­‐click   on   the   container   label   AllocatedLanduse   and   a   table   listing  

allocated  land  use  in  hectares  will  be  drawn  in  the  DataView.    

 

 

 

Page 46: Literatuur en Manual

  46  

Copy-­‐Paste   the  contents  of   this   table   to  Excel  by  clicking  on  the  Copy-­‐Paste  

icon   now   visible   in   the   Toolbar                   and   then   selecting   Edit   >   Paste   (or  

CTRL+V)   in   Excel.   Using   both   current   and   allocated   land   use,   you   can  

numerically   see   the   differences   between   the   endogenous   land   use   in   2012  

and  in  2025  and  calculate  percentages  et  cetera.  

• The   folders   "Bijkaarten"and   "Afkaarten"   contain   each   eight   difference  maps  

of   the  endogenous   land-­‐use   types.  The  maps  shows   the   locations  which  are  

different  between  2012  and  2025.    

3.  Familiarise  yourself  with  these  evaluation  measures  by  opening  several  maps,  

see  if  you  understand  the  interpretations  of  the  maps  you  open.  

As  soon  as  you  draw  the  map  of  predominant  land  use  in  2025  or  use  one  of  

the   evaluation   measures,   the   model   will   run   the   scenario   and   calculate   the  

results.  This  may  take  several  minutes.  After  the  results  have  been  calculated,  

they  are  kept  in  memory  and  therefore  opening  other  evaluation  measures  or  

displaying  other  allocated  land  use  will  go  fast.  

Closing  a  session  

In  the  menu-­‐bar,  click  on  File  >  Exit  and  choose  No  in  the  appearing  question  box:    

DO  NOT  SAVE  THE  CHANGES  MADE  TO  THE  CURRENT  DEMO.DMS  FILE!  

 

 

 

 

Page 47: Literatuur en Manual

  47  

Assignments  –  Modelling  the  future  of  Suriname  

Now  you  are   familiar  with   the  model   it   is   time   to  bring   this  new-­‐found  knowledge  

into  practice.  You  are  provided  with  a  fully  functional  copy  of  the  Land  Use  Scanner  

that  already  contains  a  basic  reference  to  a  socio-­‐economic  scenario.  This  scenario  is  

based  on  the  assumption  that  there  will  be  a  high  increase  in  population.  Scenario-­‐

specific   land-­‐use   claims   have   been   added   to   the   model   and   all   available   spatial  

datasets  are  included  in  the  suitability  maps.  There  is  also  a  variant  for  this  scenario  

in  which  new  infrastructure  (roads  and  hydropower  plant)   is  developed.  This   is   the  

high_population_with_new_infrastructure  variant.    

The  following  two  alternatives  can  be  calculated  

1. High  population  

2. High  population  with  new  infrastructure  

No   weights   have   been   added   to   these   maps   however.   The   land-­‐use   claims   and  

suitability  maps  are  combined  in  the  allocation  module  and  results  are  available  from  

the  Simulations  container.  

 

 

 

 

 

Assignment  -­‐  Simulate  land  use  according  to  a  scenario    

To  generate  maps   related   to  Suriname   land  use   in  2025  we   request  you   to  do   the  

following:  

1. All  group-­‐members  should  take  a  look  at  the  list  with  available  spatial  data  as  

included  in  the  table  below.    

Specify   the   relevance   of   each   relevant   dataset   on   a   scale   from   1   (minor  

importance)   to   2   (very   important).   Non-­‐relevant   datasets   should   keep   the  

value  0.  

 

 

It  is  your  task  to  simulate  the  future  of  the  Suriname  according  to  a  

specific  scenario  alternative.  For  this  assignment  you  are  asked  to:  

simulate   land-­‐use   patterns   according   to   one   of   the   two   scenarios  

alternatives   by   selecting   and  weighing   the   various   components   of  

the   suitability  maps   in  order   to  get  a  plausible   landuse  pattern   for  

Suriname  in  2025.  

 

 

Page 48: Literatuur en Manual

  48  

Main  group   Theme   Data   Values  in  scripts  

landbouw_zwerf      

bebouwd      

landbouw_grootschalig      

landbouw_kleinschalig      

landbouw_nat      

bos      

moeras  &  savanne  bos      

Landuse   current  landuse  

open  gebied      

landbouw_zwerf      

bebouwd      

landbouw_grootschalig      

landbouw_kleinschalig      

landbouw_nat      

bos      

moeras  &  savanne  bos      

potential  1  km  

open  gebied      

landbouw_zwerf      

bebouwd      

landbouw_grootschalig      

landbouw_kleinschalig      

landbouw_nat      

bos      

moeras  &  savanne  bos      

neighbourhood  

potential  5  km  

open  gebied      

Page 49: Literatuur en Manual

  49  

river_major      rivers  

river_minor      

road_major      road  

road_minor      

town      populated  places  

village      

materials      

accessibility  

other  

airport      

slope      landscape  

elevation      

physical  

soiltype   soil      

goud      minerals  

bauxiet      

material  

timber   timber      

policy   protected  areas   protected      

proposed_road   accessibility      

accessibility      

new_infrastructure  

proposed_dam  

dam_impact_area      

2. Discuss  the  possibly  conflicting  views  on  the  relevance  of  the  spatial  datasets  

in  your  group  and  decide  upon  a  joint  valuation  of  the  components  that  make  

up  your  suitability  maps.    

3. The  next  step  is  to  actually  adjust  the  suitability  maps  for  all   individual  land-­‐

use   types   in   your   scenario.   You   can   do   this   by   changing   the   appropriate  

values  in  the  suitability-­‐script  (e.g.  high_population.dms)  in  the  text  editor.  As  

a   start   you   can   use   the   values   that   you   agreed   upon   in   the   previous   step.  

Note  that  the  data-­‐layers  that  are  important  for  a  scenario  in  general  are  not  

necessarily  relevant  for  all  individual  land-­‐use  types.  Some  data-­‐layers  will  be  

important  for  urban  functions  others  for  nature  etcetera.    

Page 50: Literatuur en Manual

  50  

Keep   in  mind   that   the   suitability   values   reflect   the  net  benefits  of  a   certain  

location  for  a  specific   land-­‐use  type.  This  should  provide  a  rationale  (as  well  

as   limits)   for   your   range   of   suitability   values.  Moreover,   take   care   that   for  

computational   reasons   there   is  a  maximum  value   for   the  suitability  of   land-­‐

use  types  

Finally,  save  the  script  and  re-­‐start  the  Land  Use  Scanner  (re-­‐opening  the  map  

window  will  not  run  the  script).    

4. Take  a  look  at  the  resulting  suitability  maps  per  land-­‐use  function  and  discuss  

whether   these   are   coherent   with   your   initial   thoughts   on   the   scenario.  

Results   can   be   analysed   by   comparing   saved   bitmaps   and   statistics   of   the  

situation  before  and  after  you  change  the  script.  

5. Simulate   future   land   use   by   running   the   appropriate   simulation   (e.g.  

Simulations     -­‐>   population_high   or   population_high_new_infrastructure).  

Check  the  resulting  maps  on  consistency  with  the  storylines  of  scenario,  e.g.  

by  making  maps  that  depict   the   land  use  and  the  changes   from  the  current  

land  use.  Discuss  which  adjustments  are  needed.  

6. Adjust  the  suitability  maps  and  rerun  the  model  until  the  results  correspond  

with  your  views  on  the  scenario.  

7. Summarize   the   results   by   making   characteristic   maps   of   future   land   use.  

Make  use  of  the  possibilities  for  creating  evaluation  maps  that  describe  land  

use,   the   changes   as   compared   to   the   current   situation   and   impacts   on  

protected  areas.  

8. Prepare  a  Powerpoint-­‐presentation  of  5-­‐10  minutes  with  your  group  in  which  

you  offer  your  selection  of  relevant  maps.  Discuss  the  results  in  terms  of:  the  

rationale  for  the  weights  you  applied  to  the  suitability  data  layers,  the  validity  

of   your   results,   possible   shortcomings   in   the   simulation   process,   and   its  

general  usefulness  for  policy-­‐purposes.    

 

 

Page 51: Literatuur en Manual

  51  

References  

Please   note   that   most   of   the   listed   references   and   additional   information   are  

available  from:  http://www.feweb.vu.nl/gis  

Borsboom-­‐van   Beurden,   J.A.M.,   Bakema,   A.   and   Tijbosch,   H.   (2007)   A   land-­‐use  modelling  system  for  environmental  impact  assessment;  Recent  applications  of  the  LUMOS  toolbox.  Chapter   16   in:   Koomen,   E.,   Stillwell,   J.,   Bakema,   A.   and   Scholten,   H.J.   (eds.),   Modelling  land-­‐use  change;  progress  and  applications.  Springer,  Dordrecht,  pp.  281-­‐296.  

Dekkers,   J.E.C.   and   Koomen,   E.   (2007)   Land-­‐use   simulation   for   water   management:  application  of  the  Land  Use  Scanner  model  in  two  large-­‐scale  scenario-­‐studies.  Chapter  20  in:   Koomen,   E.,   Stillwell,   J.,   Bakema,   A.   and   Scholten,   H.J.   (eds.),   Modelling   land-­‐use  change;  progress  and  applications.  Springer,  Dordrecht,  pp.  355-­‐373.  

De  Moel,   H.,   Aerts,   J.C.J.H.   and   Koomen,   E.   (2011)   Development   of   flood   exposure   in   the  Netherlands  during  the  20th  and  21st  century.  Global  Environmental  Change  21  (2):  620-­‐627.  

De  Nijs,  T.,  Crommentuijn,  L.,  Farjon,  H.,  Leneman,  H.,  Ligtvoet,  W.,  De  Niet,  R.  and  Schotten,  K.  (2002)  Vier  scenario's  van  het  Landgebruik  in  2030,  Achtergrondrapport  bij  de  Nationale  Natuurverkenning  2,  RIVM  rapport  408764  003,  RIVM,  Bilthoven.  

Hoymann,   J.   (2010)  Spatial  allocation  of   future  residential   land  use   in   the  Elbe  River  Basin,  Environment  and  Planning  B:  Planning  and  Design  37(5):  911-­‐928.  

Hilferink,  M.  and  Rietveld,  P.   (1999)  Land  Use  Scanner:  An   integrated  GIS  based  model   for  long   term   projections   of   land   use   in   urban   and   rural   areas.   Journal   of   Geographical  Systems  1(2):  155-­‐177.  

Koomen,   E.,   Kuhlman,   T.,   Groen,   J.   and   Bouwman,   A.   (2005)   Simulating   the   future   of  agricultural  land  use  in  the  Netherlands.  Tijdschrift  voor  Economische  en  Sociale  Geografie  96  (2):  218-­‐224.  

Koomen,   E.,   Loonen,  W.   and   Hilferink,   M.   (2008)   Climate-­‐change   adaptations   in   land-­‐use  planning;   a   scenario-­‐based   approach.   In:   Bernard,   L.,   Friis-­‐Christensen,   A.   and   Pundt,   H.  (eds.),   The   European   Information   Society;   Taking   Geoinformation   Science   One   Step  Further.  Springer,  Berlin,  pp.  261-­‐282.  

Koomen,   E.,   Koekoek,   A.   and   Dijk,   E.   (2011)   Simulating   land-­‐use   change   in   a   regional  planning  context.  Applied  Spatial  Analysis  and  Policy  4  (4):  223-­‐247.  doi:  10.1007/  s12061-­‐010-­‐9053-­‐5.  

Koomen,   E   and  Borsboom-­‐van  Beurden,   J.   (2011)   Land-­‐use  modelling   in  planning  practice.  GeoJournal  Library  Vol.  101,  Springer,  Dordrecht.  

Lavalle,  C.,  Baranzelli,  C.,  Batista  e  Silva,  F.,  Mubareka,  S.,  Rocha  Gomes,  C.,  Koomen,  E.  and  Hilferink,  M.   (2011)  A  High  Resolution  Land  use/cover  Modelling  Framework   for  Europe:  introducing   the   EU-­‐ClueScanner100   model.   In:   Murgante,   B.,   Gervasi,   O.,   Iglesias,   A.,  Taniar,  D.,  Apduhan,  B.O.  (eds.)  Computational  Science  and  Its  Applications  -­‐  ICCSA  2011,  Part  I,  Lecture  Notes  in  Computer  Science  vol.  6782,  Springer-­‐Verlag  Berlin  Heidelberg,  pp:  60-­‐75.  

Loonen,   W.   and   Koomen,   E.   (2009)   Calibration   and   validation   of   the   Land   Use   Scanner  allocation   algorithms,   PBL   publication   number   550026002,   Netherlands   Environmental  Assessment  Agency  (PBL),  Bilthoven.  

Page 52: Literatuur en Manual

  52  

Scholten,   H.J.,   Van   de   Velde,   R.,   Rietveld,   P.   and   Hilferink,  M.   (1999),   Spatial   information  infrastructure   for   scenario  planning:   the  development  of  a   land  use  planner   for  Holland,  In:  Stillwell,   J.,  S.  Geertman,  S.  Openshaw  (eds.),  Geographical   Information  and  Planning:  112-­‐134,  Springer-­‐Verlag,  Berlin.    

Schotten,   C.G.J.,  Heunks,   C.,  Wagtendonk,  A.J.,   Buurman,   J.J.G,  De   Zeeuw,  C.J.,   Kramer,  H.  and  Boersma,  W.T.   (2001)   Simulating  Europe   in   the  21th   century.  NRSP-­‐2   report  00-­‐22   .  BCRS,  Delft.  

Te  Linde,  A.H.,  Bubeck,  P.,  Dekkers,  J.E.C.,  de  Moel,  H.,  Aerts,  J.C.J.H.  (2011)  Future  flood  risk  estimates  along  the  river  Rhine.  Natural  Hazards  and  Earth  System  Sciences  11:  459-­‐473.    

Xiang,  W.N.  and  Clarke,  K.C.   (2003)  The  use  of  scenarios   in   land-­‐use  planning,  Environment  and  Planning  B  30:  885-­‐909.  

Page 53: Literatuur en Manual

  53  

Appendix  1   Land  Use  Scanner  Background  

The   Land  Use   Scanner   employs   two   approaches   to   simulate   the   probability   that   a  

certain  location  is  chosen  for  a  specific  land  use.  These  two  approaches,  continuous  

and  discrete,   are  described  below   in  different   paragraphs.  An  extensive  discussion  

on  both  allocation  approaches  and  a  comparison  of  their  performance  is  provided  in  

a  report  by  Loonen  and  Koomen  (2009).  

A  crucial  variable  for  both  approaches  is  the  suitability  scj  for  land  use  of  type  j  in  grid  

cell   c.   This   suitability   can   be   interpreted   to   represent   the   net   benefits   (benefits  

minus  costs)  of  land-­‐use  type  j  in  cell  c.  The  higher  the  benefits  (suitability)  for  land-­‐

use   type   j,   the   higher   the   probability   that   the   cell   will   be   used   for   this   type.   The  

economic   rationale   that   motivates   this   choice   behaviour   resembles   the   actual  

functioning   of   the   land   market.   The   model   is   furthermore   constrained   by   two  

conditions:  the  overall  demand  for  the  land-­‐use  functions  which  is  given  in  the  initial  

claims  and  the  total  amount  of  land  which  is  available  for  each  function.    

Continuous  allocation  

The  original,  continuous  model  employs  a  logit-­‐type  approach,  derived  from  discrete  

choice   theory.  Nobel  prize  winner  McFadden  has  made   important   contributions   to  

this  approach  of  modelling  choices  between  mutually  exclusive  alternatives.   In   this  

theory,   the  probability   that  an   individual   selects  a   certain  alternative   is  dependent  

on   the   utility   of   that   specific   alternative,   in   relation   to   the   total   utility   of   all  

alternatives.  This  probability  is,  given  its  definition,  expressed  as  a  value  between  0  

and  1,   but   it  will   never   reach   these   extremes.  When   translated   into   land  use,   this  

approach  explains  the  probability  of  a  certain  type  of  land  use  at  a  certain  location,  

based  on   the  utility  of   that   location   for   that   specific   type  of  use,   in   relation   to   the  

total  utility  of  all  possible  uses.  The  utility  of  a  location  is  in  our  case  expressed  as  the  

suitability  for  a  certain  use.   In  combination  with  the  constraints  related  to  demand  

for  land  and  the  amount  of  available  land  per  cell  the  following  doubly  constrained  

logit-­‐model  can  be  formulated:    

In  which:  

Mcj   is  the  expected  amount  of  land  in  cell  c  that  will  be  used  for  land-­‐use  type  j  .  

 

Page 54: Literatuur en Manual

  54  

aj   is   the  demand  balancing   factor   that  ensures   that   the   total  amount  of  allocated   land   for  

land-­‐use  type  j  equals  the  sector-­‐specific  claim.  

bc  is  the  supply  balancing  factor  that  makes  sure  the  total  amount  of  allocated  land  in  cell  c  

does  not  exceed  the  amount  of  land  that  is  available  for  that  particular  cell.  

β   is   a   parameter   that   allows   for   the   tuning   of   the   model.   A   high   value   for   β   makes   the  

suitability   more   important   in   the   allocation   and   will   lead   to   a   more   mixed   use   land  

pattern,   strongly   following   the   suitability   pattern.   A   low   value   will   produce   a   more  

homogenous  land-­‐use  pattern.  

e   is  the  base  for  natural  logarithms  (=2.71828  )  

scj  is   the   suitability  of   cell   c   for   land-­‐use   type   j,   based  on   its   physical   properties,   operative  

policies  and  neighbourhood  relations.  

The   outcomes   of   the   model   are   thus   based   on   various   external   model   results,   a  

probability   approach  and  many  operational   choices  of   the  model   user.   The   results  

should  therefore  not  be   interpreted  as  an  exact  prediction  for  a  particular   location  

but  rather  as  a  probable  spatial  pattern  of  land-­‐use  change.  

Discrete  allocation  

The  discrete  allocation  approach  allocates  equal  units  of   land   (cells)   to   those   land-­‐

use  types  that  have  the  highest  suitability,  taking  into  account  the  regional  land-­‐use  

demand.   This   discrete   allocation   problem   is   solved   through   a   form   of   linear  

programming.   The   solution   of   which   is   considered   optimal   when   the   sum   of   all  

suitability  values  corresponding  to  the  allocated  land  use  is  maximal.    

This  allocation  is  subject  to  the  following  constraints:  

- the  amount  of  land  allocated  to  a  cell  cannot  be  negative;  

- in  total  only  1  hectare  can  be  allocated  to  a  cell;    - the  total  amount  of  land  allocated  to  a  specific   land-­‐use  type  in  a  region  should  be  

between  the  minimum  and  maximum  claim  for  that  region.  

Mathematically,  we  can  formulate  the  allocation  problem  as:  

 

subject  to:    

 for  each  c  and  j;  

 for  each  c;  

 for  each  j  and  r  for  which  claims  are  specified;  

Page 55: Literatuur en Manual

  55  

in  which:  

Xcj   is  the  amount  of  land  allocated  to  cell  c  to  be  used  for  land-­‐use  type  j;  

Scj   is  the  suitability  of  cell  c  for  land-­‐use  type  j;  

Ljr   is  the  minimum  claim  for  land-­‐use  type  j  in  region  r;  and  

Hjr   is  the  maximum  claim  for  land-­‐use  type  j  in  region  r.  

The   regions   for  which   the   claims   are   specified  may   partially   overlap,   but   for   each  

land-­‐use   type   j,   a   grid   cell   c   can   only   be   related   to   one   pair   of   minimum   and  

maximum  claims.  Since  all  of  these  constraints  relate  Xcj  to  one  minimum  claim,  one  

maximum  claim  (which  cannot  both  be  binding)  and  one  grid  cell  with  a  capacity  of  1  

hectare,  it  follows  that  if  all  minimum  and  maximum  claims  are  integers  and  feasible  

solutions   exist,   the   set   of   optimal   solutions   is   not   empty   and   cornered   by   basic  

solutions  in  which  each  Xcj  is  either  0  or  1  hectare.  

Page 56: Literatuur en Manual

  56  

LITERATUUR  LAND  USE  CHANGE  

Zie  www.spinlab.vu.nl  

Key  reference  voor  latijns  amerika  en  ontbossing:  

Roads,  Land  Use,  and  Deforestation:  A  Spatial  Model  Applied  to  Belize,  by  Kenneth  

M.  Chomitz  and  David  A.  Gray:  http://eprints.eriub.  org/  269/1/gray.pdf  

Publications  on  European  Applications  

    Burman,  J.J.G.,  Wagtendonk,  A.,  EuroScanner:  Land  use  simulation   in  Europe,   in:  

Pruoceedings   of   UDMS   2000,   22nd   Urban   and   Regional   Data   Management  Symposium,  UDMS  2000,  Delft,  2000.    

Springer    

  Dekkers,   J.E.C.,   Koomen,   E.,   Land-­‐use   simulation   for   water   management:  application  of  the  Land  Use  Scanner  model  in  two  large-­‐scale  scenario-­‐studies,  in:  Koomen,  E.,  Stillwell,  J.C.H.,  Bakema,  A.,  Scholten,  H.J.  (eds.),  Modelling  land-­‐use  change;  progress  and  applications,  GeoJournal  Library,  Springer,  Dordrecht,  2007.    

 

  Hoymann,   J.,   Dekkers,   J.E.C.,   Koomen,   E.,   Scenarios   der  Siedlungsflachenentwicklung   im  Elbeeinzugsgebiet,   chapter  2.5,   in:  Wechsung,  F.,   Hartje,   V.,   Kaden,   S.,   Behrendt,   H.,   Hansjürgens,   B.,   Gräfe,   P.   (eds.),  Wirkungen   des   globalen   Wandels   auf   den   Wasserkreislauf   im   Elbegebiet–Risiken   und   Optionen.   PIK   Report,   Potsdam   Institute   for   Climate   Impact  Research,  Potsdam,  2010.    

 

  Hoymann,   J.,   Koomen,   E.,   Dekkers,   J.E.C.,   Phan-­‐Drost,   N.,   Pilz,   H.,   Hewing,   M.,  Manual   ElbeScanner.   Simulating   residential   land   use   changes   in   scenarios,  Report   project   GLOWA-­‐Elbe   III,   TU   Berlin/VU   University,   Berlin/Amsterdam,  2010.    

    Koomen,   E.,   Diogo,   V.,   Hilferink,   M.,   van   der   Beek,   M.,   EU-­‐ClueScanner100m;  

model   description   and   validation   results.   Commissioned   by   EC-­‐JRC,   project  reference:  IES/H/2008/01/11/NC,  Vrije  Universiteit,  Amsterdam,  2010.    

    Koomen,   E.,  Hilferink,  M.,  Van  der  Beek,  M.,   Perez-­‐Soba,  M.,  Verburg,   P.H.,   EU-­‐

ClueScanner   tutorial;   using   the   1km   application   for   DG   Environment,   Geodan  Next,  Amsterdam,  2010.    

    Koomen,  E.,  Improvement  of  the  land  allocation  in  the  EUClueScanner100  model,  

Final   Report   to   the   European   Commission,   Joint   Research   Centre,   Vrije  Universiteit,  Amsterdam,  2011.    

Springer       Lavalle,   C.,   Baranzelli,   C.,   Batista   e   Silva,   F.,   Mubareka,   S.,   Rocha   Gomes,   C.,  

Koomen,   E.,   Hilferink,   M.,   A   High   Resolution   Land   use/cover   Modelling  Framework   for   Europe:   introducing   the   EU-­‐ClueScanner100   model,   in:  

Page 57: Literatuur en Manual

  57  

Murgante,   B.,   Gervasi,   O.,   Iglesias,   A.,   Taniar,   D.,   Apduhan,   B.O.   (eds.),  Computational  Science  and  Its  Applications  -­‐  ICCSA  2011,  Part  I,  Lecture  Notes  in  Computer  Science,  Springer-­‐Verlag,  Berlin-­‐Heidelberg,  2011.    

Landsc.  

and  

Urb.  

Plan.    

 

Mubareka,  S.,  Koomen,  E.,  Estreguil,  C.,  Lavalle,  C.,  Development  of  a  composite  index  of  urban  compactness  for  land  use  modelling  applications,  Landscape  and  Urban  Planning,  103  (3-­‐4),  pp.303-­‐317,  2011.    

ENVECO

   

  Perez-­‐Soba,  M.,  Verburg,  P.H.,  Koomen,  E.,  Hilferink,  M.,  Benito,  P.,  Lesschen,  J.P.,  Banse,  M.,  Woltjer,  G.,  Eickhout,  B.,  Prins,  A.-­‐G.,  Staritsky,  I.,  Land  use  modelling  -­‐   implementation;   Preserving   and   enhancing   the   environmental   benefits   of  land-­‐use   services,   Final   report   to   the   European   Commission,   DG   Environment,  Alterra   Wageningen   UR/   Geodan   Next/   Object   Vision/   BIOS/   LEI   and   PBL,  Wageningen,   2010.  Remarks:  The  executive  summary  can  be  found  here.  

Kluwer    

  Rietveld,  P.,   Scholten,  H.J.,   Stillwell,   J.C.H.,  EuroScanner:  A  Simulation  Model   for  Land  Use  Change   in   Europe,   in:   Stillwell,   J.C.H.,   Scholten,  H.J.   (eds.),  Land  use  simulation   for   Europe,   Kluwer   Academic   Publishers,   Dordrecht,   2001.  Remarks:  Book  can  be  ordered  through  the  publisher.  This  book  also  contains  a  lot  of  other  interesting  chapters  on  the  simulations  of  Europe's  land  use.  

Kluwer    

  Schotten,  C.G.J.,  Heunks,  C.,  A  national  planning  application  of  Euroscanner  in  the  Netherlands,   in:   Stillwell,   J.C.H.,   Scholten,   H.J.   (eds.),   Land   use   simulation   for  Europe,   Kluwer   Academic   Publishers,   Dordrecht,   2001.  Remarks:  Book  can  be  ordered  through  the  publisher.  This  book  also  contains  a  lot  of  other  interesting  chapters  on  the  simulations  of  Europe's  land  use.  

    Schotten,   C.G.J.,   Heunks,   C.,  Wagtendonk,   A.J.,   Buurman,   J.J.G.,   de   Zeeuw,   C.J.,  

Kramer,   H.,   Boersma,   W.T.,   Simulating   Europe   in   the   21th   century,   NRSP-­‐2  report  00-­‐22,  Delft,  2001.    

    Stillwell.  J.C.H.,  Scholten,  H.J.,  Land  Use  Simulation  for  Europe,  GeoJournal  Library,  (  ),  Kluwer,  Dordrecht,  2001.    

NHESS       te  Linde,  A.H.,  Bubeck,  P.,  Dekkers,  J.E.C.,  de  Moel,  H.,  Aerts,  J.C.J.H.,  Future  flood  

risk  estimates  along  the  river  Rhine,  Natural  Hazards  and  Earth  System  Sciences,  11,  pp.459-­‐473,  2011.    

IGI  

Global    

  Verburg,   P.H.,   Lesschen,   J.P.,   Koomen,   E.,   Perez-­‐Soba,   M.,   Simulating   land   use  policies   targeted   to   protect   biodiversity   in   Europe   with   the   CLUE-­‐Scanner  model,   in:   Trisurat,   Y.,   Shrestha,   R.P.,   Alkemade,   R.   (eds.),   Land   Use,   Climate  Change   and   Biodiversity   Modeling:   Perspectives   and   Applications,   IGI   Global,  Hershey,  PA,  USA,  2011.    

Kluwer       Wagtendonk,  A.J.,  Julião,  R.P.,  Schotten,  C.G.J.,  A  regional  Planning  Application  of  

EuroScanner  in  Portugal,  in:  Stillwell,  J.C.H.,  Scholten,  H.J.  (eds.),  Land  use  simulation  for  Europe,  Kluwer  Academic  Publishers,  Dordrecht,  2001.  

Page 58: Literatuur en Manual

  58  

Remarks:  Book  can  be  ordered  through  the  publisher.  This  book  also  contains  a  lot  of  other  interesting  chapters  on  the  simulations  of  Europe's  land  use.  

Total  number  of  documents:  17.    

 

Publications  related  to  Glowa  Elbe  

Springer    

  Dekkers,   J.E.C.,   Koomen,   E.,   Land-­‐use   simulation   for   water   management:  application  of  the  Land  Use  Scanner  model  in  two  large-­‐scale  scenario-­‐studies,  in:  Koomen,  E.,  Stillwell,  J.C.H.,  Bakema,  A.,  Scholten,  H.J.  (eds.),  Modelling  land-­‐use  change;  progress  and  applications,  GeoJournal  Library,  Springer,  Dordrecht,  2007.    

 

  Hartje,  V.,  Klaphake,  A.,  Grossmann,  M.,  Mutafoglu,  K.,  Borgwardt,  J.,  Blazejczak,  J.,  Gornig,  M.,  Ansmann,  T.,  Koomen,  E.,  Dekkers,  J.E.C.,  Regional  Projection  of  Water   Demand   and   Nutrient   Emissions   –   The   GLOWA-­‐Elbe   approach,   Poster  presented  at  the  Statuskonferenz  Glowa-­‐Elbe  II,  Köln  May  18-­‐19,2005.    

Reg  

Environ  Change    

  Hoymann,   J.,   Accelerating   urban   sprawl   in   depopulating   regions:   a   scenario  analysis   for  the  Elbe  River  Basin,  Regional  Environmental  Change.  Papers   from  the  Glowa-­‐Elbe  Project,  11  (1),  pp.73-­‐86,  2011.    

 

  Hoymann,   J.,   Dekkers,   J.E.C.,   Koomen,   E.,   Scenarios   der   Siedlungsflachen-­‐entwicklung   im   Elbeeinzugsgebiet,   chapter   2.5,   in:   Wechsung,   F.,   Hartje,   V.,  Kaden,   S.,   Behrendt,   H.,   Hansjürgens,   B.,   Gräfe,   P.   (eds.),   Wirkungen   des  globalen  Wandels  auf  den  Wasserkreislauf  im  Elbegebiet–Risiken  und  Optionen.  PIK  Report,  Potsdam  Institute  for  Climate  Impact  Research,  Potsdam,  2010.    

 

  Hoymann,   J.,   Koomen,   E.,   Dekkers,   J.E.C.,   Phan-­‐Drost,   N.,   Pilz,   H.,   Hewing,   M.,  Manual   ElbeScanner.   Simulating   residential   land   use   changes   in   scenarios,  Report   project   GLOWA-­‐Elbe   III,   TU   Berlin/VU   University,   Berlin/Amsterdam,  2010.    

    Hoymann,  J.,  Land  Use  Scanner,  GIS  Business,  4,  pp.34-­‐37,  2008.    

Journal  

of  Land  Use  

Science    

  Hoymann,  J.,  Quantifying  demand  for  built-­‐up  area  –  a  comparison  of  approaches  and   application   to   regions   with   stagnating   population,   Journal   of   Land   Use  Science,  pp.1-­‐21,  2011.    

E&P  B    

  Hoymann,   J.,   Spatial   allocation   of   future   residential   land   use   in   the   Elbe   River  Basin,   Environment   and   Planning   B:   Planning   and   Design,   37   (5),   pp.911-­‐928,  2010.    

TU  

Berlin    

  Hoymann,  J.,  Working  Paper  on  Management  in  Environmental  Planning  29/2010,  2010.    

 

Page 59: Literatuur en Manual

  59  

OPBOUW  KAART  HUIDIG  GRONDGEBRUIK  VOOR  LAND  USE  SCANNER  

SURINAME    

Martin  van  der  Beek    

Introductie  

De   LandUse   Scanner   is   een   instrument   dat   inzicht   geeft   in   mogelijk   toekomstig    

grondgebruik.   Om   zinvolle   uitspraken   hierover   te   kunnen   doen   is   een   belangrijke  

randvoorwaarde   dat   het   huidig   grondgebruik   goed   in   beeld   is   gebracht.   Dit   huidig  

grondgebruik   is   immers   een   belangrijke   verklarende   variabele   voor   het   toekomstig  

grondgebruik.  

De  kaart  voor  het  huidig  grondgebruik  van  Suriname,  zoals  gebruikt  in  de  LandUse  Scanner  

is  opgebouwd  uit  verschillende  bronbestanden  en  rekenstappen  om  deze  te  combineren.  In  

dit  artikel  worden  deze  stappen  beschreven.  

Agro  en  vegetatie  

De   twee   belangrijkste   bronnen   zijn   een   Agro   grondgebruikskaart   en   en   Vegetatie  

grondgebruikskaart   van   CELOS.   Deze   informatie   is   beschikbaar   als   opgemaakte   papieren  

kaarten,  inclusief  legenda’s:    

Figuur  1:    Agro  grondgebruikskaart  (bron:  CELOS)

Page 60: Literatuur en Manual

  60  

Figuur  2:  Vegetatie  grondgebruikskaart    

Bron:  CELOS  

De  volgende  bewerkingen  zijn  op  de  papieren  kaarten  uitgevoerd:  

• Digitaliseren.  Beide  kaarten  zijn  gegeorefereerd  en  gedigitaliseerd  als  vector  data.    

• Vergridden.  De  Land  use  scanner  rekent  met  grid  data.  De  vector  kaarten  zijn  daarom  in  

de  Land  use  scanner  vergrid.  Voor  deze   toepassing   is  gekozen  voor  een  gridcel  grootte  

van  250  bij  250  meter,  dit  is  echter  eenvoudig  aanpasbaar.  

• Opschonen.   De   gridkaarten   bevatten   deels   kleuren   die   voortkomen   uit   de   opmaak  

elementen  van  de  papieren  kaarten,  zoals    labels,  gearceerde  vlakken  en  vlakgrenzen.    In  

de   resultaat   kaart  willen  we   dat   de   kleur   van   een   cel   aangeeft  welk   grondgebruik   het  

betreft.    Opmaakelementen  zijn  op  een  geautomatiseerde  wijze  in  de  Land  use  scanner  

uit  de  kaarten  gehaald.  Hierbij   is   gebruik  gemaakt   van  potentiaal     en  afstanden   in  een  

grid  bewerkingen.  De  cellen  met  kleuren  op  basis  van  de  opmaakelementen  worden  zo  

ingevuld  door  de  grondgebruiks  typen  van  de  omgeving  van  deze  lokaties.  

• Herklassificeren.    De  Agro  kaart  en  de  Vegetatie  kaart  kennen  hun  eigen  klassificatie  van  

grondgebruikstypen.  Voor  het  model  zal  een  derde  klassificatie  gehanteerd  worden,  die  

een  aantal  klassen  samen  neemt  en  nieuwe   introduceert.   In  het  model  worden  dan  de  

volgende  klassen  onderscheiden:  

Page 61: Literatuur en Manual

  61  

o Bebouwd  

o Landbouw  zwerf  

o Landbouw  grootschalig  

o Landbouw  kleinschalig  

o Landbouw  nat  

o Bos  

o Moeras  &  Savanna  bos  

o Open  Gebied  

o Water  

o Buitenland  

• De   laatste   twee   klassen   worden   niet   mee   gemodelleerd,   maar   blijven   onveranderlijk  gedurende  de  te  simuleren  periode.  

• Voor  iedere  grondgebruiksklasse  van  zowel  de  Agro  als  de  Vegetatie    kaart  is  op  basis  van  expert   kennis   een   vertaling   gemaakt   naar   de   genoemde   grondgebruikklassen   van   het  model.  

• Combineren.  Na  het  herklassificeren  kunnen  de  twee  kaarten  gecombineerd  worden  tot  één   grondgebruikskaart.   Zoals   in   de   figuren   1   en   2   te   zien,   is   de   Agro   kaart   alleen  ingevuld  in  de  gebieden  met  agricultuur.  De  Vegetatie  kaart  is  voor  het  grootste  deel  van  Suriname  goed  ingevuld,  maar  bevat  weinig  onderscheid  in  de  agricultuur  klassen.    In  de  combinatiekaart  is  de  Agro  kaart  als  basis  genomen  en  die  cellen  die  niet  ingevuld  zijn  in  deze  kaart,  worden  ingevuld  op  basis  van  de  Vegetatie  kaart.  De  cellen  die  op  basis  van  beide  kaarten  niet  ingevuld  zijn,  worden  voorlopig  geklassificeerd  als  overig.    

Het  resultaat  van  de  bewerkingen  I  t/m  V  is  de  volgende  kaart  (inclusief  legenda).  

Figuur3:    Combinatie  gridkaart  van  de  hergeklassificeerde  Agro  &  Vegetatie  kaarten  

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page 62: Literatuur en Manual

  62  

Ontbossing  

In  de  resultaatkaart  van  stap  1  is  ontbossing  maar  deels  opgenomen.  Recentere  gedetailleerde  informatie  is  beschikbaar  via  een  tweetal  ontbossingskaarten  (voor  2000  en  2008),  zie  figuur  4.  De  

getoonde  ontbossing  is  met  name  het  resultaat  van  mining  in  gebieden  met  goudconcessies.  

Figuur4:    Ontbosde  gebieden.  

 

 Bron:  WWF.  

Deze  vectorkaart   is  vergrid  en  de  cellen  die   in  een  ontbost  gebied  gelegen  zijn  worden  als  

open   gebied   geklassificeerd.   De   overige   cellen   houden   de   waarde   van   de   kaart   zoals   in  

figuur  3  weergegeven.  

Buitenland  

Op  basis   van  de   administratieve   indeling   van  bestuursressorten  wordt   voor   iedere   gridcel  

bepaald  of  het  centroid  hiervan  in  een  van  de  ressorten  van  Suriname  ligt.  Zo  ja,  dan  wordt  

de  celwaarde  van  het  resultaat  van  stap2  genomen,  zo  niet  dan  wordt  de  cel  geklassificeerd  

als  buitenland.  

Bebouwd  Gebied  

Zowel   de   Agro   als   de   Vegetatie   grondgebruikskaart   bevatten   geen   informatie   over  

bebouwde  gebieden.  Omdat  verstedelijking  een  belangrijke  ruimtelijke  ontwikkeling   is,  die  

niet  alleen  effect  heeft  op  de  omvang  van  bebouwde  gebieden  maar  ook  op  de  ontwikkeling  

van  bijvoorbeeld  de   lanbouw,   is  het  van  belang  goed   inzicht   te  krijgen   in  de  bron  voor  de  

verstedelijking,  veelal  de  huidige  bebouwde  gebieden.  

Page 63: Literatuur en Manual

  63  

Het   bronbestand   dat   we   hiervoor   gebruiken   is   het   Open   Street   Map   netwerk   (   zie  

http://www.openstreetmap.org).  Voor  het   gebied   rondom  Paramaribo   ziet  dit   er   als   volgt  

uit.  

Figuur  5:    Open  Street  Map  rondom  Paramaribo  (2012)  

 

De  getoonde  wegsegmenten  worden  opgedeeld  naar  residential  en  non  residential.  Voor  de  

residential  segmenten  wordt  om  iedere  3  meter  een  puntlocatie  toegevoegd.  Voor  de  non  

residential  segmenten  gebeurt  dit  om  de  15  meter.  

Per   gridcel   wordt   vervolgens   het   aantal   puntlocaties   geteld.   Dit   geeft   een   maat   van   de  

dichtheid  van  de  wegsegmenten.  Het  idee  hierachter  is  dat  een  hoge  dichtheid  van  wegen  

duidt  op  een  bebouwd  gebied.  

De   berekende   aantallen   punten   per   gridcel   worden   vervolgens   ‘uitgesmeerd’     met   een    

potentiaal  bewerking  (500  meter  in  alle  richtingen).  Dit  om  te  voorkomen  dat:  

• Een  individuele  cel  met  een  kruispunt  van  wegen  (dus  een  hoge  dichtheid  van  punten  

in  de  cel  zelf)  maar  in  een  omgeving  met  weinig  wegen  (dus  met  een  lage  dichtheid  

van  punten  in  de  omgeving)  als  bebouwd  wordt  getypeerd.  

Page 64: Literatuur en Manual

  64  

• Een  individuele  cel  met  weinig  wegen  (bijvoorbeeld  een  park  in  een  stad)  maar  in  een  

omgeving  met  veel  wegen  niet  als  bebouwd  wordt  getypeerd.  

De  gridcellen  die  na  deze  potentiaal  bewerking  boven  een  bepaalde  drempelwaarde  liggen,  

worden   als   bebouwd   getypeerd.   Voor   het   gebied   rondom   Paramaribo   betreft   het     de  

volgende  blauwe  cellen.  

Figuur  6:    bebouwde  cellen  op  basis  van  Open  Street  Map  data  (2012)  

 

Indien  een  cel  bebouwd  is,  wordt  deze  in  de  grondgebruikskaart  als  zodanig  getypeerd.  

Page 65: Literatuur en Manual

  65  

Rivieren  en  meren  

Voor  het  binnenwater  wordt  gebruik  gemaakt  van  een  vector  bestand  van  rivieren  en  meren  

(bron:  CBL).  

Figuur  7:    Brokopondo  meer  in  vector  bestand  rivieren  en  meren  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dit  vectorbestand  is  gebaseerd  op  een  lijnenbestand,  dat  een  beeld  geeft  van  waar  rivieren  

en  meren  zijn,  maar  grotere  watervlakken  niet  goed  opvult  (zie  figuur  6).    

Nadat  het  vectorbestand  met  de  Land  use  scanner  is  vergrid,  wordt  daarom  eerst  met  een  

districting  bewerking    gekeken  naar  aaneengesloten  gebieden  met  hetzelfde  grondgebruiks-­‐

type.  Aaneengesloten  gebieden,  die  in  de  grondgebruikskaart  als  overig  getypeerd  waren  en  

waarvan  tenminste  1  cel  in  het  vergridde  rivierenbestand  water  is,  zijn  in  de  grondgebruiks-­‐

kaart  als  binnenwater  opgenomen.  Voor  het  Brokopondo  meer  ziet  het  resultaat  er  dan  als  

volgt  uit.  

Figuur  8:    Brokopondo  meer  op  basis  van  bewerking  op  vector  bestand  rivieren  en  meren  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page 66: Literatuur en Manual

  66  

6.  Dorpen  

In  stap  4  is  bebouwd  gebied  opgenomen  in  de  grondgebruikskaart  voor  gebieden  met  een  

subtantiele  dichtheid  aan  wegen  (met  name  Paramaribo).    Hiermee  zijn  de  kleinere  dorpen  

(waarvan   de  wegen   ook   veelal   ontbreken   in   OpenStreetMap)   nog   niet   opgenomen   in   de  

grondgebruikskaart.  

Hoewel  deze  dorpen  kwa  omvang  van  het  grondgebruik  beperkt   zijn,  hebben  ze  wel  vaak  

een   centrale   functie   voor  een  gebied,   en   zijn   ze,  mede  afhankelijk   van  een  aantal   andere  

factoren,  vaak  een  startpunt  voor  verdere  ontwikkeling.  Daarom  worden  deze  dorpen  ook  

opgenomen  in  de  grondgebruikskaart.  

Als   bron   hiervoor   is   gebruik   gemaakt   van   een   puntlokatie   bestand   van   dorpen   (bron:  

Narena).  Dit    bestand  bevat  geen   informatie  over  de  omvang.  Daarom   is  als   tweede  bron  

Wikipedia   gebruikt,   van   dorpen   die   hierin   voorkomen   wordt   aangenomen   dat   deze   kwa  

omvang  over  het  algemeen  iets  groter  zijn.  

Voor  de  dorpen  die  niet  voorkomen  in  Wikipedia  wordt  alleen  de  cel  waarin  de  lokatie  ligt  

als  bebouwd  getypeerd.  Voor  de  dorpen  die  wel  in  Wikipedia  voorkomen,  wordt  de  cel  zelf  

plus  een  cel  naar  links,  rechts,  boven  en  beneden  als  bebouwd  getypeerd,  zie  figuur  9.    

Figuur  9:  Bebouwd  gebied  voor  dorpen  die  wel  en  niet  voorkomen  in  Wikipedia.  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dorp  komt  niet  voor  in  Wikipedia  

Dorp  komt  voor  in  Wikipedia  

Page 67: Literatuur en Manual

  67  

Overig  

Na  de   stappen  1   tot  en  met  6   is  nog  ongeveer  1  procent   van  het   Surinaams  grondgebied  

getypeerd  als  overig  grondgebruik.  In  het  model  kunnen  we  niet  veel  met  deze  categorie.  

Op  basis   van  een  potentiaal    bewerking   is  daarom  gekeken  naar  het  meest   voorkomende  

gondgebruik   in   de   omgeving(met   een   maximum   van   5   km)   van   de   cellen   met   overig  

grondgebruik.  Deze   cellen  worden   ingevuld  met  het  meest   voorkomende  grondgebruik   in  

de  omgeving,  opdat  een  kaart  resulteert  zonder  overig  grondgebruik.  

Zee  

Op   basis   van   de   landsgrenzen   vanuit   Open   Street   Map,   worden   de   cellen   die   niet   in  

Suriname  en  niet  in  het  buitenland  liggen  getypeerd  als  water  (zee).  

Resultaat  

De  stappen  1  t/m  8  resulteren  in  de  uiteindelijke  basis  grondgebruikskaart  die  gebruikt  wordt  voor  het  modelleren.  Zie  voor  de  resultaatkaart  figuur  10.    

Figuur  10:  Basis  grondgebruikskaart  voor  land  use  scanner.  

Page 68: Literatuur en Manual

 

  68  

GEOLOGIE  VAN  SURINAME,  EEN  VOORSTUDIE  VOOR  LAND  USE  SCANNER  APPLICATIE    

Ronnie  Lassche  en  Mathilde  Molendijk  

Aanleiding  

We   gaan   ervan   uit   dat   er   een   sterk   verband   bestaat   tussen   de   aanleg   van   nieuwe  

infrastructuur  in  Suriname,  en  de  aanwezigheid  van  minerale  rijkdommen.  Een  kaart  met  het  

voorkomen  van  mineralen  rijkdommen  is  dan  ook  één  van  de  kaarten  in  de  Ruimtescanner  

Suriname.  In  een  eerdere  versie  van  de  Ruimtescanner  Suriname  hebben  we  ons  wat  betreft  

mineralen   voorkomens   gebaseerd   op   de   papieren   kaart   van   Lutchman   (2003).   Punten  

aangegeven  op  deze  kaart  hebben  we    gegeorefereerd  en  als  kaartlaag  toegevoegd  aan  het  

model.   Op   de   kaart   van   Lutchman   staat   niet   aangegeven   op   welke   bron   deze   minerale  

vindplaatsen   gebaseerd   zijn.   In   het   kader   van   dit  WWF   project   werd   ons   gevraagd   nader  

onderzoek   te   doen   naar   bronnen   over   de   locaties   van   mineralen   vindplaatsen:   welke  

databronnen  zijn  beschikbaar  over  het  voorkomen  van  natuurlijke  minerale  rijkdommen   in  

Suriname  (goud,  ijzer,  bauxiet,  koper,  etc.)?  

Vindplaatsen  van  mineralen  en  metalen  

De  Planatlas  1988  van  Suriname  beschrijft  in  Hfdst  4  (Economische  geologie)  het  voorkomen  

van  allerlei  grondstoffen.    Het  hoofdstuk  begint  met  de  opmerking  dat  “Voor  de  meeste  van  

deze   vindplaatsen   geldt   dat   de   voorkomens   (nu)   niet   economisch   verantwoord   winbaar  

zijn.”  De  volgende  minerale  rijkdommen  worden  genoemd:  

•  Goud  

o Primair  goud,  meestal  in  kwartsaders  

o Eluviaal  goud  (“residuair  b.v.  in  laterietkappen”)  

o Colluviaal  goud  (“in  hoekig  grind  op  hellingen”)  

o Alluviaal   goud   (“in   grindlagen   in   kreek-­‐   en   rivierbeddingen”),   het   meest  

gewonnen  goud  (1988).  

o De  verwachting  wordt  uitgesproken  dat  er  “redelijke  mogelijkheden  bestaan  

voor   de   ontdekking   van   primair   goud   in   de   gesteenten   van   de   Marowijne  

Groep.”  

• Bauxiet  

• Olie  

Page 69: Literatuur en Manual

 

  69  

• Tin/tentaliet  en  amblygoniet  (een  lithium  mineraal)  en  beryl  

• Lateritisch   ijzererts,  waarvan   grote   reserves   in   Suriname  voorkomen,   die   “voorlopig  

echter  niet  rendabel  ontgonnen  kunnen  worden  vanwege  verwerkingsproblemen  en  

hoge  transportkosten.”  

• Chroom-­‐   en   mangaanvoorkomens   (“niet   levensvatbaar   vanwege   te   kleien   reserves  

en/of  verwerkingsproblemen  en  hoge  transportkosten.”)  

• Koper.  De  verwachting  wordt  uitgesproken  dat  grotere  voorkomens    in  de  gesteenten  

van  de  Marowijne  Groep  gevonden  kunnen  worden.  

• Kyanietvoorkomens  worden  onderzocht  

• Ontginning  kleine  (kaolien),  waarvan  grote  reserves  bestaan  onder  de  bauxietlagen.  

• Wit  zand  en  veldspaat  voor  glasindustrie  

• Steenslag  voor  webverharding  en  betonindustrie  

• Grind  en  scherpzand  (zand  voor  huizen-­‐  en  wegenbouw)  

• Potentie  voor  natuursteenindustrie  (export  graniet)  

Werkwijze  en  resultaten  

Op  het   internet   is  een  zoektocht  gehouden  naar  databestanden  en  andere   informatie  over  

minerale  voorkomens  in  Suriname.  Deze  zoektocht  heeft  tot  beperkte  resultaten:  

• Zo   hebben   we   ons   aangemeld   bij   een   goudzoekers   site,   het     Canadian   Gold  

Prospectors  Forum  Contest  Announcement,  maar  geen  nauwkeurige  informatie  bleek  

beschikbaar.    

• Website  World  Mineral   Deposits   (WMS   formaat)   bevat   wereldwijde   gegevens   over  

minerale  rijkdommen.  In  figuur  1  hieronder  is  duidelijk  te  zien  dat  hieruit  geen  extra  

informatie   voor   Suriname   te   verkrijgen   is:   het   bestand  bevat   voor   geheel   Suriname  

slechts  1  punt  (aluminium  voorkomen).  

Figure  1:  Data  Suriname  uit  World  Mineral  Deposits  database  

 

Page 70: Literatuur en Manual

 

  70  

• We  hebben  een  geologische  kaart  gevonden  van  Suriname  uit  1966,  uitgegeven  door  

de   Geologisch   Mijnbouwkundige   Dienst   (Ministerie   van   Opbouw).   Deze   kaart   is  

opgenomen  in  bijlage  1  (website  Wageningen  University).  

• Verder  wordt  de  kaart  van  Dahlberg  van  1975  genoemd  (“Metallogenic  Map”),  waarin  

vindplaatsen   van   mineralen   en   metalen   worden   weergegeven.   Deze   kaart   wordt  

genoemd,  maar  hebben  we  niet  kunnen  vinden.  

• De  Planatlas  Suriname  van  1988  bevat  een  kaart  B5  met  mineralen  vindplaatsen,  die  

gebaseerd  is  op  de  kaart  van  Dahlberg.  

• In   2003   heeft   Dhr.   Lutchman   ism   Karssen   een   nieuwe   topografische   kaart   van  

Suriname   vervaardigd,   met   daarop   aangegeven   minerale   vindplaatsen.   Hij   schrijft  

ondermeer   (Geografie,   01.10.07)   over   het   ritsenlandschap   met   oude   strandwallen  

“dat  met   relatief   lage   investeringen   in  cultuur   te  brengen   is  en  de  meest  vruchtbare  

gronden  van  Suriname  omvat”;  en  “Daarom  zijn  grondbeleid  en  ruimtelijke  ordening  

op  basis  van  een  goed  begrip  van  de  ruimtelijke  structuur  en  natuurlijke  processen  wel  

degelijk  van  belang!  Zeker  als  je  bedenkt  dat  het  grootste  deel  van  het  ritsenlandschap  

al  is  uitgegeven  en  dat  de  overige  gebieden  veel  minder  geschikt  zijn  voor  landbouw  of  

slechts  tegen  zeer  hoge  kosten  in  cultuur  te  brengen  zijn.”  Zie  onder  “bronnen”  voor  

link  naar  artikelen  in  het  blad  Geografie  van  de  KNAW.  

• In  een  interview  met  Salomon  Kroonenberg1  van  17  nov  2009  noemt  hij  een  project  

van  de  Braziliaanse  Geologische  dienst  voor  een  digitale  geologische  kaart  van  geheel  

Zuid  Amerika  met  enorm  veel  informatie.  Helaas  hebben  we  geen  verdere  informatie  

over   dit   project   kunnen   vinden.   Kroonenberg   merkt   op   dat   met   name   in   het  

binnenland  geen  geologisch  onderzoek  heeft  plaatsgevonden  de  afgelopen  30  jaar.  

• In  sept  2011  is  een  project  (als  onderdeel  van  het  “One  Geology  Project”)  gestart  om  

de   geologie   van   Suriname   in   kaart   te   brengen   met   het   Ministerie   van   Natuurlijke  

Hulpbronnen   (NH)   ,   de   Stichting   Suriname   Environmental   and   Mining   Foundation  

(SEMIF)  en  de  ADEK  Universiteit  van  Suriname.  Het  gaat  met  name  om  de  geologische  

kartering   van   Zuid   Suriname   in   samenwerking   met   Brazilië,   en   om   de   vraag   hoe  

winbare   delfstoffen   benut   kunnen   worden.   Het   ontwikkelen   van   een   data   base   is  

onderdeel  van  dit  project.  Zie  onder  “bronnen”  voor  link  naar  artikelen  in  Surinaamse  

media.  

                                                                                                                         1  Het  interview  gaat  over  de  vraag  of  Suriname  onder  water  komt  te  staan  als  gevolg  van  klimaatverandering  (“Over  vijftig  jaar  staat  het  water  bij  Uitvlugt.”).  Kroonenberg  merkt  op  (nav  uitblijven  geologisch  onderzoek  in  binnenland):  “Dat  heeft  onder  andere  te  maken  met  de  angst  in  Suriname  dat  kennis  over  het  binnenland  in  vreemde  handen  komt.  Maar  dat  wantrouwen  is  niet  meer  van  deze  tijd,  want  met  satellietfoto’s  kun  je  alles  zien.  Die  magnetische  kaarten  zijn  overal  beschikbaar.  Het  is  een  illusie  dat  Suriname  een  eilandje  kan  zijn.  Zo  hebben  de  Brazilianen  van  het  grensgebied  met  Suriname  gedetailleerde  kaarten  samengesteld.  […]  Als  er  ook  maar  iets  is  dat  zich  van  nationale  grenzen  niets  aantrekt,  dan  is  dat  wel  gesteente.  […]  Te  denken  dat   je   geologische   informatie   geheim   wil   houden   omdat   je   daarmee   anders   maatschappijen   in   de   kaart  speelt,  dat  kon  je  misschien  dertig  jaar  geleden  nog  verkondigen,  maar  niet  anno  2009.”  

Page 71: Literatuur en Manual

 

  71  

De  beste  geologische  bron  blijkt  de  Planatlas  te  zijn  van  1988  (gebaseerd  op  Dahlberg    1975).  

Deze   kaart   hebben   we   gegeorefereerd   en   de   minerale   voorkomens   hebben   we  

gedigitaliseerd   en   toegevoegd   aan   het   bronmateriaal.   In   onderstaande   figuur   2   geven  we  

zowel  de  punten  weer  van  de  kaart  van  Lutchman  als  die  uit  de  Planatlas  van  1988.   In  ons  

model  hebben  we  besloten  om  de  puntgegevens  uit  de  kaart  van  Lutchman  te  verrijken  met  

gegevens  uit  de  Planatlas.    

Figuur  2:  Vindplaatsen  minerale  grondstoffen  (combinatie  van  de  kaart  van  Lutchman  en  Karssen,  en  de  Planatlas  1988).  

 

Bronnen  (geraadpleegd  11/2/2013):  

Geologische   kaart   1966   (Geologisch   Mijnbouwkundige   Dienst),   te   downloaden   op:    http://library.wur.nl/isric/index2.html?url=http://library.wur.nl/WebQuery/isric/26891    

Interview   met   Salomon   Kroonenberg   (17   november   2099,   “Ik   denk   dat   het   met   die  klimaatverandering   wel   meevalt”)   te   raadplegen   op:     http://www.salomonkroonenberg.nl/doc/  Een-­‐menselijk-­‐sleutelgat-­‐van-­‐dertig-­‐jaar.html  

Interview  Lutchman,  in  het  tijdschrift  Geografie  (KNAW):  

− http://www.knag.nl/..fileadmin/geografie/index.php?id=640&tx_ttnews%5Bswords%5D=landbouw&tx_ttnews%5Bpointer%5D=9&tx_ttnews%5Btt_news%5D=885&tx_ttnews%

5BbackPid%5D=502&cHash=86f4121570  − http://www.knag.nl/index.php?id=640&tx_ttnews%5Bswords%5D=gis&tx_ttnews%5Bpo

inter%5D=89&tx_ttnews%5Btt_news%5D=256&tx_ttnews%5BbackPid%5D=502&cHash=

4b9be18c7e  

Surinaamse  media  over  het  project  nieuwe  geologische  kaart  2011  (“One  Geology  Project”):      

− http://www.starnieuws.com/index.php/welcome/index/nieuwsitem/7075  − http://www.gov.sr/sr/ministerie-­‐van-­‐nh/actueel/geological-­‐mapping-­‐on-­‐the-­‐border-­‐

suriname-­‐brazil.aspx  

Website  World  Mineral  Deposits:  http://mapmatters.org/wms/413897  

Page 72: Literatuur en Manual

 

  72  

Bijlage  1:  Geologische  kaart  Suriname  uit  1966,  uitgegeven  door  de  Geologisch  Mijnbouwkundige  Dienst  (Ministerie  van  Opbouw).  

 

Page 73: Literatuur en Manual

   

 

Deel  2:  Strategic  Environmental  Assess-­‐ments  (SEAs)  

 

Page 74: Literatuur en Manual

  73  

THE  COMPREHENSIVE  AND  PARTICIPATORY  APPROACH  OF  

IMPACT  ASSESSMENT:  OBJECTIVES,  POTENTIALS  AND  LIMITATIONS  

Pitou  van  Dijck  

Introduction:  An  alternative  assessment  methodology  

Strategic  environmental   assessments   (SEAs)   are  made   in   the   context  of   large-­‐scale  

infrastructure   programmes   and   aim   at   assessing   in   advance   the   potential   or  

probable   impacts   on   the   socio-­‐economic   condition   of   the   populations   in   the  

expected  or  proclaimed  impact  area,  and  on  the  condition  of  eco-­‐systems.  SEAs  have  

been  undertaken  in  many  countries  all  over  the  world  during  the  last  two  decades.  

Several   countries   in   Latin   America   and   financial   institutions   involved   in   the   co-­‐

financing  of   infrastructure  programmes   require   such   assessment   studies   by   law  or  

institutional  regulations.    

SEAs   differ   widely   in   focus,   methodology,   comprehensiveness   and   types   of  

outcomes.  Nevertheless  they  have  a  number  of  characteristics  in  common.  The  study  

presented   here   contributes   to   the   development   of   an   alternative   or   rather  

experimental   type  of   SEA,  with   strong  emphasis  on   comprehensiveness  of   analysis  

and  involvement  of  local  populations  in  the  impact  area.      

Section   2   of   this   study   focuses   on   the   context   of   strategic   environmental   assess-­‐

ments.   Section   3   focuses   on   the   general   characteristics   of   SEAs   and   the   different  

types  of  approaches  that  may  be  distinguished.  Section  4  focuses  on  the  potentials  

and  shortcomings  of  SEAs.  Section  5  clarifies  the  characteristics  and  potentials  of  a  

comprehensive  and  innovative  approach  of  an  SEA.  Section  6  introduces  the  case  of  

an   experimental   type   of   SEA   linked   to   the   proposed   road   linking   Paramaribo  with  

Manaus.   Section   7   presents   results   of   a   survey   into   the   northern   section   of   the  

impact  area  along   the  Suriname  river,  while  Section  8   reflects  briefly  on  a   recently  

undertaken   survey   into   the   southern   part,   along   the   Tapanahoni   river.   Section   9  

presents  reflections  on  the  perception  studies  in  the  impact  area.  Finally,  Section  10  

presents  overall  conclusions  and  reflections  on  the  potentials  of  comprehensive  and  

participatory  assessments.  

Page 75: Literatuur en Manual

  74  

Context  of  the  role  of  strategic  environmental  impact  assessment    

The   exploitation,   processing   and   trading   of   natural   resources   have   been   major  

components  of  the  economic  structure  of  most  countries  in  South  America  over  the  

longer  term.  Agriculture,  cattle  ranching  and  mining  have  shaped  the  economies   in  

the  region,  attracted  (foreign)   investment,  have  contributed  to  the  financing  of  the  

government  sector,  and  have  dominated  exports.  

More   specifically   in   recent   years,   international  markets   for   natural   resources   have  

been  growing  at  a  high  pace  offering  opportunities   for  Latin  American  countries  to  

boost   revenues.   Growth   rates   of   the   natural-­‐resource   based   sectors   have   been  

strongly  stimulated  by  real  growth  in  intermediate  demand  for  natural  resources  to  

be   processed   in   manufacturing   industry   in   newly   industrializing   countries,  

particularly  in  Asia.  Moreover,  increased  levels  of  income  and  income  per  capita  in  a  

large  group  of  developing  countries  including  the  BRICs  stimulate  demand  for  natural  

resources   for   the   production   of   food   or   food   products.   Agricultural   crops   satisfy  

demand  for  food  products  either  directly  or  indirectly,  as  inputs  for  cattle.  Growth  of  

demand   for   commodities   does   not   simply   follow   a   linear   growth   path:   demand  

elasticities   for   natural   resources   differ   strongly   among   commodities,   change   over  

time   and  may   be   different   at   different   levels   of   income   per   capita.   Hence,   strong  

generalizations  on  growth  prospects  are  hard  to  make.  

Expansion   of   areas   to   produce   commodities   induces   the   creation   of   supportive  

facilities   and   infrastructure   such   as   roads,   railways   and   waterways,   ports   and  

airports,  and  requires  transportation  systems  for  different  types  of  energy  including  

dams  for  hydro-­‐energy,  high-­‐voltage  transmission  systems.  Roads  play  a  key  role  in  

the   opening   of   territories   and   the   facilitation   of   natural-­‐resource   exploitation   in  

remote   territories.   In   several   ways   road   infrastructure   contributes   to   a  

comprehensive   transformation   of   the   impact   areas:   roads   facilitate   the   actual  

construction   of   the   production   site,   the   in-­‐migration   and   transportation   of   labour,  

delivery  of   intermediate   inputs  and  outputs,   the  construction  of  energy  production  

sites  and  energy  transportation  systems  (high  voltage  lines),  and  connect  production  

sites  with  distribution  and  service  centres.    

After  several  decades  of  relative  neglect  of  the  stock  of  infrastructure  as  reflected  by  

relative   low   levels   of   investment   in   construction,   renovation,   maintenance   and  

repair,   the   development   of   infrastructure,   specifically   transport   infrastructure   and  

energy-­‐related   infrastructure,   has   become   a   priority   in   the   agenda   of   national  

governments   in   South   America.   Infrastructure   has   become   a   crucial   factor   in   the  

strengthening  of  positions  of  countries  and  enterprises  in  global  markets:  the  more  

Page 76: Literatuur en Manual

  75  

economies   are   opened   and   connected   with   world   markets,   the   more   domestic,  

regional  and  local  growth  of  production  and  demand  depends  on  world  markets,  and  

the   more   infrastructure   linkages   between   domestic   economies   and   international  

markets   are   required   in   support   of   investment,   production,   trade   and   ultimately  

income  and  welfare.  

Development  of   road   infrastructure  has   not   only   become  a  priority   at   the   level   of  

local  and  national  governments,  but  also  at  the  continental  level.  Cases  in  point  are  

the  Brazilian  PAC  programme  and  the  continental-­‐wide  IIRSA/COSIPLAN  programme.  

These   road   infrastructure   programmes   may   have   a   significant,   widespread   and  

probably   irreversible   impact   on   the   socio-­‐economic   as   well   as   environmental  

structure  of   the  areas   they  cross   through.  They  may  even  contribute   to   the   rise  of  

new  centres  of  gravity  in  the  area  as  well  as  the  demise  of  traditional  socio-­‐economic  

systems,  the  loss  of  eco-­‐systems  and  extinction  of  species.  

Because   of   the   significance   of   impacts   on   the   short   and   long-­‐term,   ex-­‐ante  

assessment   studies   are   required   by   several   countries   and   multilateral   financial  

institutions  involved  in  the  construction  of  roads  in  South  America.    

In   view   of   the   growth   of   investment   in   natural-­‐resource   exploitation   and  

construction  of  related  infrastructure,  and  the  plans  to  extend  these  activities  in  the  

future,   the   development   and   application   of   timely   introduced   comprehensive  

assessment   of   potential   impacts,   and   the   development   of   methods   to   manage  

negative   as   well   as   positive   impacts,   has   a   high   priority   to   avoid   social   and  

environmental   costs   of   economic   activity   and   to   enhance   the   potential   positive  

welfare  effects.  Management  and  control  of  the  process  of  territorial  transformation  

may   require   actions   and   policies   designed   and   executed   at   different   levels   of  

governance:   national   governments,   provincial   and   regional   authorities,   and  

municipalities   at   the   local   level.   Moreover,   non-­‐governmental   institutions   and  

organizations   (NGOs)   may   design   and   execute   their   own   strategies   and   engage  

themselves  in  activities  aimed  at  influencing  policy  makers.  This  holds  for  the  private  

(commercial)   sector,   as   well   as   organizations   that   represent   local   communities,  

indigenous  peoples,  or  aim  at  protecting  the  environment.    

In   that   context   strategic   environmental   assessments   (SEA)   have   a   specific   and  

significant  role  to  play.  To  start  with,  a  SEA  provides  knowledge  and   insight  on  the  

potential   impact   area.   Secondly,   it   helps   to   clarify   preferences   of   local   inhabitants  

and   relevant   stakeholders   in   the   impact   area   concerning   infrastructure   and   its  

potential   positive   and   negative   impacts,   as   perceived   by   them   prior   to   actual  

Page 77: Literatuur en Manual

  76  

construction.   Third,   an   SEA   facilitates   the   formulation   of   actions   and   policies   to  

manage  impacts.    

SEAs  

SEAs  differ  widely  in  structure,  content,  and  in  the  roles  they  play  in  the  process  of  

design,   implementation   and   execution   of   policies   linked   to   the   construction   of  

infrastructure,  defined  broadly,   including  not  only  road  infrastructure  but  transport  

and  energy  related  infrastructure  constructions.  The  ultimate  objective  of  SEAs  is  to  

enhance   the   overall   welfare   effects   of   these   investments   in   infrastructure   and  

reduce  negative  effects.  The  potentials  of  such  assessment  studies  and  related  plans  

of  action  may  be  substantial,  but  their  effectiveness  in  realizing  the  stated  objectives  

depend   on   many   different   factors,   ranging   from   the   quality   of   the   study,   timing,  

integration  in  overall  policies,  and  institutional  capabilities  to  execute  the  action  plan  

over  a  long  range  of  years.  

SEAs  are  a  relatively  new  instrument  or  toolbox.  They  have  been  applied  as  a  major  

policy  instrument  in  the  EU,  Canada  and  other  developed  countries.  Experience  with  

SEAs  in  Latin  America  is  rather  limited.  Consequently,  the  level  of  expertise,  and  the  

degree   of   legal   and   institutional   support   may   be   insufficient,   which   reduces   the  

probability   of   usefulness   of   SEAs.   Several   countries   in   Latin  America   such   as   Brazil  

require  an  SEA  by  law.  Moreover,  financial  institutions  like  the  IDB,  CAF,  FONPLATA,  

BNDES   require   SEAs   as   a   precondition   for   co-­‐financing   of   infrastructure   in   Latin  

America.  The  IDB  requires  participative  SEAs,  be  it  that  the  concept  of  ‘participative’  

lacks   clear   specification.   Moreover,   The   World   Bank   requires   ‘free,   prior   and  

informed   consent’   in   case   of   infrastructure   projects   that   penetrate   territories   of  

indigenous  peoples.    

SEAs  may   differ  widely   and   are   not   standardized.   However,   in   general   terms   they  

involve  the  following  components:    

(1)  baseline  study,   i.e.  description  of  economic,  social  and  environmental  condition  

in  the  so-­‐called  impact  area  of  the  investment  project  (a  road);    

(2)  assessment  of  potential  positive  and  negative  impacts;    

(3)  consultation  of  local  populations;    

(4)  scenarios  for  alternatives;    

(5)   strategic   action   plan,   i.e.   proposals   to   stimulate   positive   impacts   and   reduce  

negative  impacts.    

Page 78: Literatuur en Manual

  77  

In  view  of  the  diversity  in  types  of  issues  to  be  addressed,  particularly  in  Amazonia,  

SEAs   are   prepared   by   multidisciplinary   teams,   with   backgrounds   in   agronomy,  

forestry,   engineering,   anthropology   environmental   studies,   fishery   and   economics.  

Sometimes,   knowledge   of   local   languages   is   required,   particularly   when   indigenas  

are  among  the  stakeholders  dealt  with  in  the  assessment  study.    

The  financing  institutions  involved  in  IIRSA  differ   in  their  approach  towards  an  SEA.  

At   least   in   writing,   the   IDB   favours   a   rather   comprehensive   and,   moreover,  

participatory  approach.  At   the   same   time  guidelines  as   formulated  by  CAF   suggest  

that  a  type  of  rapid  assessment  will  do.  For  more  detailed  information  on  different  

types  of  SEAs  see  Van  Dijck  2013.  

Potentials  and  shortcomings  of  SEAs  

To  start  with,  the  way  the  impact  area  is  defined  in  SEAs  may  be  rather  arbitrary.  In  

some  cases  the  borders  of  the  proclaimed  impact  area  are  determined  by  mountain  

ridges  or  major  rivers,  that  are  expected  to  reduce  the  stimulating  impacts  of  a  road  

on   land-­‐use   conversion   and   economic   activity   because   of   their   costs-­‐increasing  

effect   on   economic   transactions.  Other   SEAs   use   borderlines   of  municipalities   and  

national   borderlines   to   determine   potential   impact   areas,   which   may   be   rather  

unrelated   to   the   economic   spread   effects   of   infrastructure   in   a   region.   Although  

arguments   for   selecting   these   criteria   and   natural   barriers   to   transactions   and  

geographical   expansion   of   economic   spread   effects   may   be   valid,   the   overall  

definition  of  the  impact  area  is  based  on  ex  ante  criteria,  not  on  simulated  impacts  of  

variables   that   probably   have   a   significant   impact   on   the   geographical   spread   of  

impacts.    

Overviewing   available   SEAs,   it   may   be   concluded   in   general   terms   that   the  

information   required   for   baseline   studies   is   taken   from   available   sources   and  

generally   not   created   newly   in   the   context   of   the   assessment.   In   many   cases  

investment   in   the   knowledge   base   of   the   studies   is   rather   limited   and   hardly   any  

research   is   undertaken   to   create   knowledge   not   yet   generated   previously.  

Environmental  assessments  are  specifically  based  on  available  evidence  as  creation  

of   information   on   eco-­‐systems   and   biodiversity   may   be   expensive   and   time  

consuming,   particularly   in   forested   areas   that   are   hard   to   access.  Moreover   these  

studies  do  not  involve  a  valuation  of  environmental  services.  

With  respect  to  the  level  of  participation  of  the  local  stakeholders  in  the  assessment,  

it   may   be   observed   that   the   participatory   approach   is   limited   to   consultations   of  

representatives   of   communities,   most   notably   at   the   level   of   municipalities   and  

Page 79: Literatuur en Manual

  78  

governmental  agencies,  and  the  major  local  economic  actors.  Notwithstanding  wide  

differences   in   quality,   comprehensiveness   and   potential   impacts   of   SEAs,  

methodological  shortcomings  and  limitations  as  indicated  here,  the  IIRSA  approach  is  

a  step  forward  as  compared  to  road  construction  without  an  SEA  (in  all  cases)  or  to  

the   approach   pursued   in  many   other   policy   contexts   at   the   national   level.   In   that  

sense,  IIRSA  is  at  least  a  useful  experiment.  However,  there  are  good  reasons  to  look  

critically  at  IIRSA-­‐related  SEAs  and  at  IIRSA  as  a  programme.  If  improved  significantly,  

the  IIRSA  approach  is  a  useful  starting  point  for  a  model  for  the  future,  exportable  as  

well  to  Africa  and  Asia.  

A   participatory   approach   is   applied   only   in   a   very   limited  way   in  most   SEAs.   As   a  

consequence,   information   in   support   of   the   baseline   study,   and   in   support   of   the  

strategic   action   plan,   gets   lost   by   neglecting   information   to   be   obtained   from   the  

local  population.  The  time  lines  of  SEAs  as  proposed  by  CAF  and  recently  by  the  IDB  

will  make  it  very  hard  to  involve  the  local  population  in  an  optimal  ways.    

Shortcoming  in  timing  hamper  the  potential  effectiveness  of  an  SEA  to  contribute  to  

welfare;  many  assessment  studies  come  up  with  results  at  a  stage  in  which  changes  

in  trajectory  or  modes  of  transport  are  hard  and  costly  to  implement  

Finally,   and  most   seriously,   the   time   dimension   rather   than   the   spatial   dimension  

complicates  a  SEA  and  threatens  its  relevance:  roads  take  a  long  time  to  be  built,  and  

impacts   –   due   to   induced   private   investment   –   follow   suit.   Put   differently,   the  

impact-­‐generating   process   bypasses   by   far   the   time   horizon   of   policy  makers.   For  

that   reason   it   is   to   be   feared   that   SEAs   function   primarily   as   an   element   in   the  

decision-­‐making   process   in   favour   of   receiving   approval   and   finance   in   support   of  

road  construction,  not  necessarily  as  a  mechanism  to  maximize  the  potential  welfare  

effects  of  the  road.    

As  put  above,  the  ultimate  objective  of  an  SEA  is  to  formulate  a  series  of  initiatives  

and   interventions   to  be  put   together   in   a  plan  of   action,   in  order   to  maximize   the  

welfare   enhancing   impact   of   investment   in   infrastructure.   However,   a   number   of  

critical  factors  limit  the  potential  contribution  of  the  plan  of  action.  First,  there  is  an  

obvious   risk   of   the   plan   being  merely   a   list   of   wishes   of   several   groupings   in   the  

impact   area,   rather   than   a   coherent   plan   for   investments,   regulations,   and  

interventions.  Second,  financial  resources  may  be   lacking  to   introduce  the  required  

or   requested   measures   and   initiatives.   Third,   the   long   period   of   implementation  

complicates   actual   implementation,   as   it   requires   institutions   and   planning  

procedures   to   manage   over   the   longer   term.   Finally,   It   is   hard   to   see   how   the  

strategic   action   plan   can   function   as   a   real   instrument   to   implement   required  

Page 80: Literatuur en Manual

  79  

measures   if   implementation   is   not   a   conditionality   for   external   financing   of   the  

overall  infrastructure  project.  

The   potential   real  world   contribution   of   SEAs   in  managing   impacts   and   enhancing  

welfare   effects   is   related   to   the   following   crucial   aspects:   the   sheer   size   of   the  

potential   impact   area;   the   dependence   of   the   populations   living   in   the   potential  

impact  area  on  the  environment  for  their  livelihood;  the  potential  value  of  the  eco-­‐

systems  and  the  services  they  provide  at  the  local,  regional  and  even  global  level;  the  

type   of   actions   proposed   to   make   outcomes   differ   from   outcomes   in   a   scenario  

without  corrective  policy  interventions;  and  the  degree  of  integration  of  an  SEA  and  

related  plan  of  action  in  overall  policy  making  and  decision-­‐making.  These  points  will  

briefly  be  clarified  below.  

The   (potential)   impact   areas   of   IIRSA   roads   may   involve   substantial   parts   of   the  

national   territory   of   countries.   In  many   cases   the   impact   area   is   studied   only   to   a  

limited   extend   both   in   terms   of   environmental   as  well   as   socio-­‐economic   aspects.  

Particularly  in  Amazonia,  the  assessment  in  the  context  of  a  SEA  is  hampered  by  the  

sheer   size   of   the   potential   impact   area,   limited   possibilities   to   visit   and   study  

potential   impact   areas   and   by   the   limited   availability   of   information   on   aspects  

relevant   for   appropriate   and   fairly   comprehensive   assessment.   In   many   cases  

financial   limitations  and  time  constraints  reduce  options  for  substantial  assessment  

studies.  At  a  more  fundamental  level,  it  may  be  observed  that  the  lack  of  markets  for  

many   environmental   services   (indirect   use   values)   obstruct   the   valuation   of   the  

environment   in  order  to  compare  the  net  welfare   impact  of  alternative  uses  of  the  

environment.  Lack  of  insights  into  future  behaviour  of  markets  for  direct  use  values  

(including  demand  for  natural  resources,  timber,  food)  create  a  comparable  problem  

for   optimalization   of   decisions   concerning   the   use   of   the   environment   in   the  

(potential)  impact  area.  

Reviews   of   SEAs   in   South   America   and   other   continents   suggest   that   the  

effectiveness  of  SEAs  can  be  enhanced  in  several  ways.  To  contribute  to  the  decision-­‐

making  process,  SEA-­‐related   information  need  to  be  generated  and  made  available  

in   time,   preferably   prior   to   final   decision-­‐making   on   routing,   selection   of  mode   of  

transport   and   related   issues.   Real   world   experience   shows   that   most   SEAs   are  

started  at  the  moment  that  decisions  on  mode  of  transport  and  routing  of  transport  

have  already  been  taken,  thus  reducing  their  potential  meaning.  Baseline  studies  and  

surveys   that  are   inherent  components  of  SEAs  may  play  a  key   role   in   the  planning  

and   preparation   of   optimal   routing   of   a   corridor.   By   taking   into   account   the  

objectives  and  priorities  of  different   interest  groups,   routing  can  be  optimalized  as  

Page 81: Literatuur en Manual

  80  

compared   to   routings   based   on   priorities   of   a   selected   number   of   stakeholders,  

involving   only   the   national   government   and   its   most   significant   partners   in   the  

process.  Comprehensive  and  timely   involvement  of  stakeholders  may  consequently  

result  in  higher  levels  of  satisfaction  with  the  road  project  and  more  cooperation  by  

stakeholders   in   the   impact   area.   Such   a   process   may   take   economic,   social,  

commercial,   technical,   transport-­‐related,   and   environmental   dimensions   into  

consideration.    

Moreover,   rather   than   focusing  mainly   on  mitigation   of   negative   impacts,   an   SEA  

preferably  would  aim  in  a  pro-­‐active  manner  at  the  generation  of  information  on  the  

preferences  and  objections  of  different  groups  of   stakeholders   concerning   routing.  

Creation  of  suitability  maps  on  the  basis  of  spatial  multi-­‐criteria  is  a  useful  tool  in  this  

process,   allowing   for   the   development   of   a   least-­‐costs   path   or   path   of   least  

resistance.  In  this  context,  attention  is  required  to  involve  the  priorities  and  concerns  

of   local   inhabitants  and  of   indigenas.  Special   regulations  and  principles  need   to  be  

observed   like   free   prior   and   informed   consent   of   indigenas   to   be   obtained   by  

government   prior   to   penetrating   their   territory   with   a   road   or   other   mega  

investment  projects.  

Towards  a  comprehensive  and  innovative  type  of  SEA    

Four  key  dimensions  of  the  alternative  approach  are  briefly  introduced  here:    

(1)   a   fully   participatory   approach   based   on   comprehensive   information   of  

stakeholders;    

(2)  the  use  of  GIS  mapping  to  assess  potential  impacts  of  (alternative)  routings;    

(3)  modelling  of  impacts  to  generate  future  expansion  of  the  potential  impact  area;  

and    

(4)   optimal   timing   of   the   assessment   to   facilitate   integration   of   findings   in   the  

preparatory  stage  of  the   infrastructure  programme  and  to  support   implementation  

of   key   elements   of   the   so-­‐called   strategic   action   plan,   which   is   among   the   key  

outputs  of  the  participatory  SEA.  

The   participatory   approach   is   an   inherent   element   of   IIRSA-­‐related   SEAs.   It   involves   both  

provision  of  information  on  the  infrastructure  plans,  and  the  collection  of  information  from  

the  population  to  improve  these  plans.    

By   informing   the   local   population   about   the   infrastructure  plans,   a   participatory   approach  

may  contribute  to  transparency  and  reduce  uncertainty  and  misconceptions.  By  doing  so,  it  

may  enhance  efficiency  and  speed  up   implementation.  At  the  same  time,  organizing  series  

of  meetings  with  stakeholders  in  the  impact  area  may  be  time-­‐consuming  and  costly.    

Page 82: Literatuur en Manual

  81  

The  role  of  interviews  and  discussions  with  the  local  population  and  its  representatives  may  

be  particularly  significant  when  assessing  perceived  potentials  and  risks,  and  formulating  a  

plan   of   action   in   support   of   positive   income   potentials   and   to   mitigate   negative  

environmental   and   other   welfare-­‐reducing   impacts.   Specifically,   insight   may   be   obtained  

about  transport  facilities  and  bottlenecks,  and  the  economic,  social  and  environmental  risks  

involved  in  improving  access  to  the  area.    

GIS  maps  can  function  as  communications  and  information  tools  in  a  participatory  approach  

of  a  SEA:  they  may  raise  awareness  among  the  local  population  in  the  impact  area  about  the  

potential  consequences  of   impacts   in   territories   for   their   livelihood.  Spatial   information  on  

trajectories   of   infrastructure   and   on   the   potential   impacts   of   these   works   may   as   well  

facilitate   the   formulation   of   a   strategic   action   plan.   Also,   these  maps   can   clarify   to   policy  

makers  and  the  general  public  at  large  what  the  implications  may  be  of  the  plans,  and  how  

rerouting,  adjustment,  or  additional  measures  may  contribute  to  welfare  effects  and  reduce  

negative  implications.    

To  facilitate  this  process,  the  GIS  maps  can  be  included  in  the  educational  GIS-­‐based  system  

EduGIS.  The  system  is  accessible  at  www.edugis.nl  and  includes  several  layers  that  facilitate  

spatial  analysis  of  potential   impacts  of   interventions.  Cases   in  point  are  GIS  maps  showing  

the   locations   of   newly   constructed   infrastructure,   mining   and   logging   concessions.   Layers  

can   be   constructed   in   a   way   that   visualize   the   distance   to   or   overlap  with   economic   and  

environmental   zones   like   agricultural   areas,   forests,   hunting   grounds   and   rivers   nearby  

villages  in  the  potential  impact  area.  Such  an  approach  may  contribute  to  the  understanding  

of  the  multiple  consequences  of  interventions  for  the  livelihood  of  the  population.    

Finally,   the   data   generated   in   this   project   have   been   used   as   inputs   for   the  

ClueScanner   model   to   assess   potential   future   spatial   impacts   of   the   road   –   and  

eventually  of  other  types  of   interventions  with  a  spatial   impact   -­‐  on  territory  along  

its   trajectory.   This   GIS-­‐based   land   use   model   generates   spatial   projections   for  

alternative   scenarios,  depending  on  a   series  of   variables   related   to   land  suitability,  

physical  factors,  infrastructure,  markets,  population  concentrations,  and  government  

policies.  The  basic  assumption  is  that  multiple  land  use  types  (built  area,  agriculture,  

forest,   nature,   water   etc.)   compete   for   the   same   limited   amount   of   land.   The  

regional  demand  and  the  local  suitability  for  the  land  use  type  determine  the  price  a  

land  user  is  ‘willing  to  pay’  for  a  specific  land  unit.  

By  way  of   experiment,   a   comprehensive,   participatory   SEA  has  been  designed  and  

undertaken  by  Van  Dijck  at  CEDLA.  See  Van  Dijck  2011  and  2013.  The  SEA  attempted  

at   assessing   impacts   of   a   planned   road   that   aims   at   connecting   Paramaribo,  

Suriname,  with  the  south  of  Suriname  and  ultimately  with  Manaus,  Brazil.  Hence,  the  

function  of   the  planned   road   is   to   connect   the   capital   city  with  a   concentration  of  

Page 83: Literatuur en Manual

  82  

population   living   in   the   forest   along   the   Suriname   river;   to   construct   a   direct  

connection   between   Suriname   and   northern   Brazil;   and   to   facilitate   hydro-­‐energy  

works   in   the   south   of   the   country,   involving   roads,   dams,   a   canal,   and   electricity  

plants.   The   SEA   was   undertaken   in   cooperation   with   IVM-­‐VU,   EduGIS   and   Object  

Vision,   all   in   Amsterdam.   Partnership   with   these   institutions   has   facilitated   the  

construction  of  GIS  maps  and  economic-­‐spatial  modelling  of   the   spatial   impacts  of  

roads.  Moreover,  a  substantial  survey  study  was  undertaken  among  the  inhabitants  

in  the  potential  impact  area  with  Stichting  Equalance  in  Paramaribo.    

Aim  of  the  experiment  was:  

(1)  to  show  that  significant  improvement  in  the  participatory  level  can  be  realized  in  

an  effective  and  efficient  manner,    

(2)  that  GIS  maps  and  specifically  modelling  exercises  can  contribute  significantly  to  

the  understanding  of  potential  impacts,  and    

(3)  may  contribute  as  well  to  participation  of  local  inhabitants.    

The  experimental  SEA  was  inspired  by  the  Corredor  Norte  SEA  in  Bolivia,  executed  by  

DHV  South  America.  Bert  van  Barneveld,  director  DHV  South  America  at  the  time  has  

been  partner  in  the  research  project  supporting  the  experimental  SEA  since  its  start.  

The   experimental   SEA   has   shown   that   a   substantial   population   survey   based   on   a  

significant   and   representative   population   sample   can   be   organized   rapidly   and   at  

relatively   low   costs.   Also,   it   has   been   shown   that   the   level   of   awareness   of   local  

population  can  be  supported  by  applying  visual  means  such  as  GIS  maps,  results  of  

modelling  exercises  presented  in  power  points  or  short  movies,  and  a  video  movie.  

Visual  mechanisms  are  useful   in   view  of   low   levels  of   literacy   in   the   interior.  With  

internet   facilities   becoming   available   in   many   locations,   GIS-­‐based   information  

mechanisms   like  EduGIS  become  accessible   for   local  populations,  allowing   locals   to  

study   for   themselves   maps   that   show   government   plans   for   infrastructure  

development,   and   locations   of   concessions   for   timber   and   natural   resource  

exploitation.  Moreover,  a  brief  and  easily  accessible  visual  summary  of  major  results  

of   the   SEA   type   of   project,   put   together   in   a   short   video   movie,   facilitates  

understanding  by  a  wider   audience  of  potential   impacts   and  of   the  perceptions  of  

inhabitants  of  the  potential  impact  area.    

By  mapping  the  possible  locations  of  the  future  road  corridors  -­‐  or  for  that  matter  of  

hydro-­‐energy  works,  mining   sites   and   the   like   -­‐   and   by   showing   overlaps  with   the  

location  of  municipalities  and  areas  of  significance  for  livelihood  strategies  of  locals,  

the   awareness   concerning   the   implications   of   proposals   and   plans   may   be   raised  

Page 84: Literatuur en Manual

  83  

among  both  the  population  in  the  potential  impact  area  as  well  as  policy  makers.  For  

such  reasons,  GIS  maps  have  been  designed  showing  areas  with  logging  and  mining  

concessions,  locations  of  planned  roads,  biodiversity  values,  locations  with  expected  

gold  reserves,  and  population  centres.  These  maps  are  freely  and  publicly  accessible.  

See  the  EduGIS  website  (www.edigus.nl)  where  such  maps  have  been  uploaded  that  

are  related  to  proposed  road  between  Paramaribo  and  Manaus.    

The  modelling  exercise  with  the  Ruimtescanner  model  enables  the  simulation  of  the  

spatial   development   of   the   impact   area   in   the   course   of   time.   Rather   than   simply  

assuming   a   specific   impact   area   –   bordered   by   rivers,   mountain   ranges,   national  

borders  or  borders  of  municipalities  –  the  model  generates  the  shape  and  size  of  the  

impact  area  on   the  basis  of  a   range  of  variables   that   reflect   the   functioning  of   the  

physical   and   socio-­‐economic   drivers   of   land   use   conversion   and   deforestation.  

Clearly,   the   impact   of   several   relevant   variables,   like   prices,   technological  

development,  soil  productivity,  is  hard  to  assess  in  the  longer  term.  

Reviews   of   SEAs   in   South   America   and   other   continents   suggest   that   the  

effectiveness  of  SEAs  can  be  enhanced  in  several  ways.  To  contribute  to  the  decision-­‐

making  process,  SEA-­‐related   information  need  to  be  generated  and  made  available  

in   time,   preferably   prior   to   final   decision-­‐making   on   routing,   selection   of  mode   of  

transport   and   related   issues.   Real   world   experience   shows   that   most   SEAs   are  

started  at  the  moment  that  decisions  on  mode  of  transport  and  routing  of  transport  

have  already  been  taken,  thus  reducing  their  potential  meaning.  Baseline  studies  and  

surveys   that  are   inherent  components  of  SEAs  may  play  a  key   role   in   the  planning  

and   preparation   of   optimal   routing   of   a   corridor.   By   taking   into   account   the  

objectives  and  priorities  of  different   interest  groups,   routing  can  be  optimalized  as  

compared   to   routings   based   on   priorities   of   a   selected   number   of   stakeholders,  

involving   only   the   national   government   and   its   most   significant   partners   in   the  

process.  Comprehensive  and  timely   involvement  of  stakeholders  may  consequently  

result  in  higher  levels  of  satisfaction  with  the  road  project  and  more  cooperation  by  

stakeholders   in   the   impact   area.   Such   a   process   may   take   economic,   social,  

commercial,   technical,   transport-­‐related,   and   environmental   dimensions   into  

consideration.    

Moreover,   rather   than   focusing  mainly   on  mitigation   of   negative   impacts,   an   SEA  

preferably  would  aim  in  a  pro-­‐active  manner  at  the  generation  of  information  on  the  

preferences  and  objections  of  different  groups  of   stakeholders   concerning   routing.  

Creation  of  suitability  maps  on  the  basis  of  spatial  multi-­‐criteria  is  a  useful  tool  in  this  

process,   allowing   for   the   development   of   a   least-­‐costs   path   or   path   of   least  

Page 85: Literatuur en Manual

  84  

resistance.  In  this  context,  attention  is  required  to  involve  the  priorities  and  concerns  

of   local   inhabitants  and  of   indigenas.  Special   regulations  and  principles  need   to  be  

observed   like   free   prior   and   informed   consent   of   indigenas   to   be   obtained   by  

government   prior   to   penetrating   their   territory   with   a   road   or   other   mega  

investment  projects.  

Involvement   of   local   stakeholders   in   a   SEA   and   a   strategic   action   plan   is   a  

requirement  in  IIRSA-­‐related  procedures.  As  indicated  earlier,  financial  partners  like  

the   IDB  and  CAF   require   some   sort  of  participatory  approach   in   the  SEA,  but   their  

specific  requirements  differ.  Moreover,  according  to  World  Bank  regulations,  in  case  

indigenous   peoples   live   in   the   impact   area,   free,   prior   and   informed   consent   is  

required.   The   concept   of   participatory   approach   is   somewhat   ambiguous   and  

opaque   and   may   imply   different   degrees   of   involvement   of   local   stakeholders.  

Consultations   of   the   communities   may   be   undertaken   in   different   ways,   ranging  

from  information  exchange  with  representatives  and  selected  local  stakeholders  to  a  

representative   survey   among   the   local   populations   in  which   their   preferences   and  

priorities  for  a  strategic  action  plan  are  assessed.    

According   to   IIRSA   Indicative   Territorial   Planning,   a   strategic   environmental   and   social  

evaluation  -­‐  referred  to  as  a  SEA  in  this  book  -­‐  involves  the  creation  of  an  enabling  space  for  

constructive  dialogues  and  key  participants  in  the  potential  impact  area.  See  IIRSA  2009  pp.  

55-­‐62.   The   premises   for   making   such   an   assessment   includes   the   collection   and   use   of  

secondary  information  and  information  provided  by  key  participants.  

The   approach  proposed  by   the  CAF  aims   at   generating   results   in   a   relatively   short  

period  of   time   (CAF   June  2008).   The  methodology  assumes  a   team  of  experienced  

specialists,   and   the   use   of   secondary   information   and   information   of   key  

stakeholders  on  critical   issues.  CAF  proposes  a  participatory  approach  of  the  SEA,  a  

stakeholder   involvement  through  consultation  and  dissemination.  The  objectives  of  

these   consultations   are   the   validation   of   information,   identification   of   scenarios,  

tendencies,   risks   and   opportunities,   identification   of   sensitive   issues,   actions   to  

enhance  opportunities,  institutional  capacities,  and  finally  the  validation  of  strategic  

action   proposals.     As   the   allotted   period   of   time   for   the   stage   of   validation   and  

consult  is  two  to  three  weeks,  it  is  hard  to  see  how  the  participatory  approach  could  

possibly  involve  broad  segments  of  the  local  populations.    

Clearly,  the  strategic  action  plan  is  supposed  to  reflect  priorities  and  concerns  of  the  

communities  in  the  impact  area.  A  comprehensive  and  participatory  SEA  may  involve  

a  baseline  study  of  their  socio-­‐economic  living  conditions  and  mapping  of  areas  vital  

Page 86: Literatuur en Manual

  85  

for   their   livelihood.  This  exercise  may  contribute   to  knowledge  about  eco-­‐systems,  

biodiversity  and  environmental  hotspots  in  the  area.    

Opinions   or   perceptions   on   impacts   may   differ   strongly   among   members   of  

communities:  an  intervention  may  be  assessed  positively  or  negatively  according  to  

its   economic,   social   and   environmental   impacts   and  may   be   weighted   differently.  

Clearly,   official   representatives   of   communities,   non-­‐governmental   organizations  

involved  in  the  communities,  and  economic  agents  all  have  widely  different  interests  

and   perceptions,   as   argued   in   Chapter   4   and   shown   in   the   case   studies   in   this  

volume.   Hence,   involving   only   representatives   may   cause   biases   in   the   impact  

assessment   and   the   strategic   plan   of   action.   A   representative   survey   among   the  

members  of  the  community  may  be  the  solution.  

At   the   same   time,   locals   may   have   only   little   information   about   the   planned  

intervention   like   the   construction   of   a   road,   or   little   knowledge   of   its   potential  

effects  for  a  variety  of  reasons  including  lack  of  general  knowledge,  skills,   interests,  

or  experience.  Also,   the   intensity  and  spread  of   impacts  are  hardly  known  ex  ante,  

not  even  to  the  decision-­‐makers  and  those  responsible  for  the  execution  of  the  plan.  

This  may  negatively  affect  the  value  and  relevance  of  perception  studies  among  local  

communities  in  the  impact  areas,  and  the  results  of  the  representative  survey.    

Schematically   the   flow   of   information   as   envisaged   in   the   experimental   SEA  

presented  here  may  be  depicted  as  in  Figure  1  below.  In  the  first  stage  of  the  process  

the  local  community  is  informed  about  the  plan  to  construct  a  road  by  the  SEA  team.  

Second,  the  SEA  team  starts  preparing  a  baseline  study  by  collecting  information  on  

the   ‘environment’   and   the   livelihood   of   the   population   involving   information   on  

socio-­‐economic   aspects,   dependence   of   the   local   population   on   the   local  

environment  involving  eco-­‐systems;  interaction  for  social  and  economic  reasons  with  

communities,  markets  and  economic  centres  elsewhere,  transport  needs.    

These  data  are  processed   into  GIS  maps  and  used   for  modelling  and   simulation  of  

the   potential   impact   area,   as   shown   in   other   papers   presented   in   this   panel.   GIS  

maps  may  be  used  to  inform  local  populations  and  others  including  decision-­‐makers  

on   the   infrastructure  programme,   to   show  several  potential   types  of   impacts   from  

the  environmental  and  socio-­‐economic  perspectives.   Ideally,   the  maps  constructed  

by  the  SEA  team  will  be  made  available  to  the  local  population  prior  to  the  start  of  

the  survey  study.  To  facilitate  access  to  information,  a  video  movie  may  be  made  to  

inform  the  population  about  plans  and  potential   impacts.  The  movie  may  show  the  

essential   results   of   the   survey   among   the   local   population   regarding   their  

perceptions  of  potential  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  the  construction  of  a  road  

Page 87: Literatuur en Manual

  86  

or   for   that  matter   any  other   infrastructural   intervention   like  hydro-­‐energy  project,  

railway,  port  or  mining  operation.  Also,  the  movie  can  visualize  the  impacts  and  the  

spatial  dimensions  of  the  impact  area,  and  its  development  in  the  course  of  time  or  

according  to  different  scenarios.  The  movie  may  as  well  visualize  for  ‘the  rest  of  the  

population  ’outside  the  impact  area  the  size  of  impacts  and  the  spread  of  direct  and  

indirect   effects   of   the   intervention.   However,   in   view   of   time   requirements   of  

producing  video  movies  and  integrating  the  data  on  potential  impacts,  it  will  be  hard  

to  produce  such  a  movie  before  the  survey  study  is  started.    

The  survey  among  representatives  of  the  population  or,  as  is  the  case  here,  among  a  

significant   sample  of   locals   taken  at   random,   is  aimed  at   revealing   the  perceptions  

regarding   potential   positive   and   negative   impacts   of   a   road,   for   the   sake   of  

formulating   adequate   policies   and   initiatives   to   address   such   potentials.   This  

information   needs   to   be   processed   into   a   data   system,   to   be   shared   among   all   in  

order   to   formulate   the   priorities   for   the   strategic   action   plan   in   a   participatory  

manner.    

If  undertaken  in  a  well-­‐prepared  way,  with  a  small  team  of  experts  that  knows  how  

to   communicate   with   the   local   communities,   and   has   the   capabilities   to   apply  

interview  techniques  and  to  process  the  information  statistically,  this  process  needs  

not  necessarily  be  excessively  time  consuming  or  financially  costly.    

On   the   basis   of   this   information,   several   additional   steps  may   be   taken   to   inform  

local  communities,  policy  makers,  route  planners  or  society  at  large.  As  explained  by  

Molendijk  and  Lassche  in  their  paper,  GIS  maps  with  relevant  information  concerning  

potential  impacts  on  the  livelihood  of  the  local  communities  can  be  made  accessible  

to   the  members  of   the  community  by  means  of  EduGIS  or  other  systems  of  digital  

information  sharing.  Moreover,  results  of  modelling  studies  of   impact  areas  can  be  

visualized  in  maps  or  a  video  movie  to  explain  local  communities  about  the  longer-­‐

term   change   in   the   areas   adjacent   to   their   villages  or   towns  or   the   land  on  which  

they  are  dependent  for  their  livelihood.  Ultimately  this  may  result  in  adjustments  in  

the  plans  or  in  complementary  measures.    

Case  of  an  experimental  SEA:  The  impact  assessment  of  the  Suriname-­‐Brazil  connection  

This   section   presents   elements   of   an   experimental   type   of   assessment   of   the  

probable  or  potential   impacts  of  two  recent  initiatives,  that  are  taken  into  conside-­‐

ration  or  are  prepared  by  selected  agencies  and  institutions,  in  order  (1)  to  develop  

road   infrastructure   and   (2)   infrastructure   to   expand   hydro-­‐energy   production   in  

Suriname.    

Page 88: Literatuur en Manual

  87  

Figure  1.  Schematic  presentation  of  information  flows  in  a  participatory  approach.  

 

 

In   general   terms,   the   plan   for   constructing   a   road   between   Paramaribo   and   the  

border  between  Suriname  and  Brazil  nearby  Vier  Gebroeders  is  not  particularly  new.  

At   many   different   opportunities   in   the   past   plans   for   such   a   road   and   for   hydro-­‐

energy  works  have  been  proposed  or  announced  in  the  past.    

The  IIRSA  Suriname  Country  Paper  on  Selected  National  Routes  of  Suriname  (2003)  

prioritizes  a  north-­‐south  linkage  from  Paramaribo  to  the  Suriname-­‐Brazil  border  and  

ultimately   to  Santarem  at   the  Amazon   river.  This  proposal,  however,  has  not  been  

accepted   and   included   in   the   IIRSA   agenda   but   is   nevertheless   still   among   the  

priorities   of   the   Suriname   government   and   subject   of   deliberations  with   Brazil.   By  

December  2010   the   Suriname  government   announced   its   plan   to   construct   a   road  

and   railway   connection   with   Brazil   outside   the   context   of   the   IIRSA   Agenda   in  

cooperation  with  Chinese  constructors  and  facilitated  by  a  Chinese  loan  programme.  

Rather   than   referring   to   Santarem,   the   Suriname  government   refers   to  Manaus  as  

the  main  connecting  point  in  Brazil  in  its  more  recent  references  to  this  plan.  

In  general   terms,   improved  access  over   the  road  to   the  southeast  of  Suriname  has  

been  included  in  the  MOP  2006-­‐11.  The  Plan  mentions  as  the  expected  main  effects:  

improved   access   to   health   care   and   welfare,   improved   security   for   the   local  

Page 89: Literatuur en Manual

  88  

population,   and   enhanced   control   over   the   small-­‐scale   gold-­‐digging   activities.  

Regarding   economic   opportunities,   the   Plan   refers   to   improved   economic  

integration,   development   of   non-­‐timber   forest   products   and   eco-­‐tourism   (MOP  

2006-­‐2011,  2006,  pp.  107-­‐108).  

In   December   2010   a   new   Suriname   government   announced   its   intention   to  

cooperate  with  the  Chinese  constructor  China  Harbor  to  create  a  deep-­‐sea  harbour  

nearby   Paramaribo,   and   to   build   a   road   and   railway   from   Atjoni   to   the   Brazilian  

border  nearby  Vier  Gebroeders.  The  proposed  procedure  indicates  a  high  priority  for  

rapid  execution  of  the  plan.  So  far,  however,  implementation  is  far  behind  schedule.  

Not   unlikely,   problems   with   energy   supply   will   be   a   major   factor   to   start  

implementing  elements  of  the  plan  directly  linked  to  hydro-­‐energy  supply.    

Specific  information  concerning  timing,  objectives,  trajectory,  and  financing  have  not  

been  made  available  to  the  public,  and  so  far  no  decisions  in  these  areas  have  been  

made.  Hence,  the  precise  trajectory  is  not  known.  However,  parts  of  the  trajectory,  

Paramaribo-­‐Pokigron/Adjorni   already   exist   for   a   long   time   as   an   unpaved   road.   It  

should   be   noted   that   the   primary   rationale   for   the   construction   of   the   more  

southernly   located   segments   of   the   trajectory   is   not   so  much   rooted   in   creating   a  

transport   linkage   with   Manaus   in   support   of   the   transito   function   of   the   port   of  

Paramaribo,  but  in  facilitating  hydro-­‐energy  works  in  the  region.  Hence,  that  specific  

function   is   the   primary   determinant   of   the   specific   trajectory   of   the   road.   This  

implies   that   the   segment   of   the   road   that   links   up   with   potential   sites   that   are  

relevant  for  the  production  and  transport  of  hydro-­‐energy  have  been  studied  while  

the  segment  that  connects  these  locations  with  the  Suriname  border  with  Brazil  have  

not  yet  been  identified  and  decided  upon.  See  Map  1  and  Map  2.    

Plans  to  enlarge  the  capacity  to  produce  hydro-­‐energy  by  diverting  the  water  flow  of  

the   Tapanahoni   River   into   the   Brokopondo   Storage   Lake   have   been   revitalized   by  

engineering  studies  by  Lothar  Boksteen,  and  have  been  included  in  the  Multi-­‐Annual  

Development   Plan   2006-­‐2011.   Two   stages   are   distinguished.   In   the   first   stage,   the  

water   flows   of   the   Tapanahoni   River   and   the   Jai   Creek   are   diverted   into   the  

Brokopondo   storage   lake   to   increase   its   capacity   and   make   better   use   of   the  

hydroelectric  power  plant  at  the  Afobaka  dam.  In  a  second  stage,  the  water  flow  of  

the   Tapanahoni   river   may   be   used   to   generate   hydro-­‐energy   in   additional   power  

plants.   The   outcomes   of   studies   into   the   impact   of   these   measures   upon   the  

livelihood  of  communities  in  the  area  and  on  those  that  are  dependent  on  the  water  

from  these  rivers  will  be  decisive  (MOP  2006-­‐2011,  2006,  p.  117).  According  to  the  

Tapajai  Hydro  Plan,  the  existing  hydro-­‐electrical  power  plant  at  the  Afobaka  dam  will  

Page 90: Literatuur en Manual

  89  

be  complemented  by  a  second  power  plant,  and  six  dams  with  five  additional  hydro-­‐

energy  power  plants  will  be  constructed.  In  the  rainy  season,  these  five  power  plants  

along  the  upstream  Tapanahoni  River,  the  Jai  Creek  and  Marowijne  Creek  will  supply  

hydro-­‐electricity.  During  that  part  of  the  year  the  Afobaka  plants  are  not  in  operation  

and  water  is  collected  in    

Map  1.  Probable  road  trajectory  Paramaribo  –  Brazil-­‐Suriname  border  and  proposed  hydro-­‐energy  works.  

 

Source:  Lothar  Boksteen,    

the   storage   lake.   During   the   dry   season,   the   five   plants   upstream   will   not   be   in  

operation  and  the  two  power  plants  at  the  Afobaka  dam  are  in  use.  Both  complexes  

have  the  capacity  to  supply  305  megawatt  of  electricity.  

To  construct   the  upstream  dams,  extension  of   the  road  network  south  of  Pokigron  

will   be   required   along   the   left   bank   of   the   Suriname  River   and  more   to   the   south  

towards   Jai   Creek   and   the   Tapanahoni   dam.   Roads   and   power   transmission   lines  

along   the   roads   will   require   deforestation   of   approximately   1700   hectares,   and  

inundation  will  impact  on  25,660  hectares  more.  As  a  consequence  of  the  creation  of  

the   Tapanahoni   storage   lake,   part   of   the   village   of   Palumeu   with   about   250  

inhabitants   will   possibly   be   inundated.   For   a   presentation   of   these   proposals   see  

MOP  2006-­‐2011,  2006  pp.  117-­‐18,  and  Boksteen  2009.  So   far  no  roads  exist   in   the  

interior  south  of  the  storage  lake  and  all  transport   is  by  river  or  air.  By  modelling  a  

preliminary  insight  into  potential  impacts  has  been  assessed,  as  discussed  below.  

Page 91: Literatuur en Manual

  90  

Map  2.  Infrastructure  programmes,  plans  and  proposals.  

 

Source:  Maps  generated  for  the  Cedla  research  project  Strategische  Analyse  en  Participatief  Actieplan  voor  Zuid  Oost  Suriname,  2011.  

The   need   of   capacity   enlargement   of   the   Brokopondo   Lake   critically   depends   on  

future  demand  for  electricity  in  Greater  Paramaribo,  the  bauxite  processing  industry  

in   nearby   Paranam   and   foreign   demand   for   electricity.   The   future   of   the   bauxite  

processing   industry   in  particular   is  among  the  major  unknowns   in  this  context.  The  

SEA  concludes   that:   ‘At   this  moment,   there   is  no   clear   rationale   for   these  projects  

and   the   negative   impacts   at   the   locations   of   Jai   Creek   and   Tapanahoni   River   are  

expected  to  be  very  significant.’  (Royal  Haskoning  et  al.  2007,  p.  21).  Loss  of  habitat  

and   pristine   forest   by   flooding,   and   reduction   of   CO2   sink   are   among   the   socio-­‐

economic  and  biophysical  trade-­‐offs.  To  speed  up  possible  implementation  of  these  

energy  plans,  the  MOP  proposes:  

(1)   to  speed  up  procedures   to   inform  the   local  population  about   the  plan  with   the  

objective  to  make  them  supporters  of  the  plan;    

(2)  to  organize  the  financing  of  the  plan;  and    

(3)  to  start  field  studies.    

The  expected  duration  of  the  studies  is  about  one  year  and  these  studies  will  include  

a  social  and  environmental   impact  assessment.   It   is  estimated  that  the  engineering  

Page 92: Literatuur en Manual

  91  

works  will  require  two  to  three  years,  to  realize  stage  1  of  the  plan  (MOP  2006,  pp.  

117-­‐18;  Boksteen  2009).  

Exploitation  of   natural   resources   adds   to   the   rationale  of   road   construction   to   the  

south.  Gold  deposits  are  located  nearby  the  Tapanahoni  River  at  about  60  kilometres  

from   the   border   with   Brazil.   Manganese   and   iron   ore   deposits   are   located   in   the  

south   nearby   the   Tapajai   Creek   and   Upper   Tapanahoni   River,   and   west   of   the  

Palumeu  River  at  about  30  kilometres  from  the  border  with  Brazil.  

Moreover,   copper,   manganese,   iron   ore,   reserves   are   located   in   the   south   while  

logging   cattle   raising   and   palm   oil   production   have   been   referred   to   as   additional  

options  for  economic  exploitation.  More  specific  studies  are  required  to  substantiate  

these   claims   made   in   the   IIRSA   Suriname   Country   Paper   referred   to   above.   The  

announcement   by   the   government   to   construct   a   railway,   in   combination   with   a  

road,  may  be  related  to  the  potential  exploitation  of  these  reserves.  

Finally,  there  are  strategic  and  political  reasons  for  Suriname  to  opt  for  a  direct  road  

connection  with   Brazil.   Suriname   prefers   to   have   direct   access   to   Brazil   and   to   be  

independent  from  its  neighbouring  countries  to  the  east  and  west,  with  which  it  has  

had  a  long-­‐term  conflict  about  demarcations  of  national  territory.  Moreover,   in  the  

view  of   the  Suriname  government,   the   road   to   the   south   creates   the  possibility  of  

connecting   directly  with   the   Brazilian   highway   system,   specifically   the   BR-­‐163   and  

BR-­‐210,  the  so-­‐called  Perimetral  Norte.  See  Map  3.  

Brazil’s  objections  –  at  least  in  the  past  -­‐  to  this  proposal  are  probably  linked  to  the  

creation   of   the   Tumucumac   Reserve   at   the   Brazilian   side   of   the   Brazil-­‐Suriname  

border   in   the   early   1990s,   and   to   Brazil’s   priority   for   the   Manaus-­‐Boa   Vista-­‐

Georgetown  hub  as  an  efficient  and  probably  more  costs-­‐efficient  connection  with  

the   Caribbean   Sea.   Clearly,   the  Manaus-­‐Georgetown   trajectory   passes   through   an  

economically   well-­‐developed   area   in   northern   Brazil,   while   the   level   of   economic  

activity   along   the  alternative   connection  preferred  by   the  Suriname  government   is  

limited.  This,  however,  may  change  for  several  reasons:  environmental  protection  is  

a  political   priority   that  may   change   in   time,  particularly   since   the  area  has  already  

been  damaged  by   illegal   logging   and   gold   digging.  Availability   of   natural   resources  

may  be  a   reason   to  change   the  degree  of  environmental  protection.  Technological  

development   in  combination  with  high  world  market  prices  may   induce  agriculture  

and   cattle   production   in   northern   Brazil.   Moreover,   serious   delay   in   the  

improvement  of  the  Lethem-­‐Georgetown  road  and  assessments  of  political  stability  

may  enhance  Brazil’s  interest  in  an  alternative  link  with  the  Caribbean  Sea.    

Page 93: Literatuur en Manual

  92  

Map  3.  Linking  northern  Brazil  with  Suriname:  existing  infrastructure.  

 

Source:  See  Map  2.  

An  earlier  attempt  at  assessing  potential  impacts  along  the  northern  segment  of  the  

north-­‐south   infrastructure   linkage,   between   Paramaribo   to   Pokigron,  was  made   in  

2007   (Royal   Haskoning   et   al.   2007).   This   investigation   belongs   typically   to   the  

category  of  a  quick-­‐scan.  That  quick-­‐scan  SEA  only  analyses  the  northern  stretch  of  

the   north-­‐south   corridor   up   to   Pokigron/Atjoni,  which   is   not   included   in   the   IIRSA  

agenda.  The  rest  of   the   trajectory,  a  stretch  of  250  kilometres,  which  cuts   through  

the   forested   interior   to   the   Suriname-­‐Brazilian   border,   is   considered   ‘a   long-­‐term  

concept’   without   a   formal   accepted   routing   (Royal   Haskoning   et   al.   2007,   p.   41).  

Hence,   no   investigation   into   potential   risks   and   opportunities   related   to   that  

trajectory  has  been  undertaken  in  the  context  of  the  rapid  assessment.  According  to  

the  IIRSA  Suriname  Country  Paper  (2003,  pp.  11-­‐12  and  17-­‐19)  the  justification  of  the  

north-­‐south   link  as  proposed  by   the  Suriname  government   is  essentially  economic:  

creating  a  connection  with  the  market  of  Brazil  and  Mercosur;  and  the  development  

of   the   interior   by   facilitating   logging,   cattle   ranching,   palm   oil   production,  

exploitation  of  sweet  water  resources,  development  of  tourism,  and  mining  of   iron  

ore,  gold,  granites  and  bauxite.    

Our   experimental   study   of   the   development   of   infrastructure  was   pursued   in   two  

stages.  Stage  1  focuses  on  the  northern  segment  of  the  envisaged  road  connection  

between  Paramaribo  and  Manaus,  Brazil.  Stage  2  focuses  on  the  southern  segment  

Page 94: Literatuur en Manual

  93  

of  the  road,  specifically  the  section  Palumeu  –  Tepu  along  the  Tapanahoni  river,  as  

well  as  the  hydro-­‐energy  works  in  the  area  adjacent  to  the  Tapanahoni  river,  the  so-­‐

called  TapaJai  plan.  Work  on   the  northern   road  segment  of   the   road  segment  was  

started  in  2010  and  finalized  in  2011.  Activities  related  to  the  second  segment  have  

not   yet   started   although   a  number  of   studies   and   tests   have  been  performed  and  

some   information   meetings   with   local   authorities   and   members   of   communities  

have  taken  place.  

To   facilitate   the  assessment,  a   series  of  GIS  maps  has  been  produced   that  present  

socio-­‐economic  and  biophysical  characteristics  of  the  potential  impact  area,  and  the  

drivers   of   land-­‐use   change   and   deforestation.   The   maps   are   used   for   analytical  

purposes   in   the   context   of   baseline   studies   for   a   SEA   and  may   be   used   as  well   to  

inform  the  local  population  in  the  impact  area,  policy  makers  and  the  general  public  

at   large.   Finally,   the   data   are   used   to   assess   potential   longer-­‐term   impacts   of   the  

road  in  a  spatial-­‐economic  model.  

Moreover,   two   public   consultations   by   means   of   a   survey   has   been   undertaken  

among   the   population   at   the   Upper   Suriname   River   and   among   the   populations  

along   the   Tapanahoni   River,   focusing   on   the   perceived   potential   advantages   and  

drawbacks   of   road   construction,   and   the   preferences   for   actions   to   enhance   the  

overall  potential  welfare  effects  of  road  construction.  Research  has  been  organized  

in   cooperation   with   local   researchers   and   others   experienced   in   investigating   the  

area,    

Survey  into  the  impact  area  along  the  Suriname  River  

A  survey  has  been  undertaken  to  investigate  the  perceptions  among  the  population  

concerning  the  potential   impacts  of  a  road  to  be  constructed  parallel   to  the  Upper  

Suriname   River.   The   survey   area   stretches   from   Pokigron/Atjoni   at   the   southern  

edge  of  the  Brokopondo  Storage  Lake  to  Semoisi,  about  50  kilometres  up  river  to  the  

south.  Small,  open  wooden  boats  are  the  dominant  transportation  system  for  cargo  

and  passengers   throughout   this   relatively   densely   populated   forested   area.   By   the  

time   the   survey  was  undertaken,   September  2010,   no   clear   proposals   or   plans   for  

road  construction  in  that  area  had  been  made  public  by  the  government:  the  survey  

anticipated   the  possible,  maybe  probable   -­‐   extension  of   the   road   from  Paranan   to  

Pokigron/Atjoni,   that   was   being   paved   at   the   time.   Pokigron/Atjoni   is   a   regional  

service   centre  and  hub   in   the  bi-­‐modal   transport   system:  no   roads  exist   to   service  

traffic  beyond  that  point  southward.    

Page 95: Literatuur en Manual

  94  

In   the   overall   area   along   the   river   between   Pokigron/Atjoni   and   Semoisi   about  

15,000   to  21,000  people  are   living  concentrated   in  58   locations.  The  questionnaire  

focuses  on  20  locations  with  a  total  population  of  15,630  persons  and  probably  2,605  

households.  The  sample  size   is  538  persons,  thus  representing  3.44  per  cent  of  the  

population   and   20.6   per   cent   of   the   households   in   these   villages.   The   sample  

population   involves   only   39.4   per   cent   man   which   is   typical   of   the   population  

structure   in   this  area  where  many  men   leave   (temporarily)   to   find   job  and   income  

opportunities  elsewhere.  Of  the  sample  population,  13.9  per  cent  is  below  27  years  

of  age,  32.4  per  cent  below  39  years  of  age,  and  23  per  cent  over  60  years  of  age.  For  

all   data   see   Equalance   2010.   A   remarkable   high   percentage   of   the   interviewed  

population  (24  per  cent)  has  no  work,  or  is  involved  in  irregular  and  quasi-­‐legal  types  

of   dealings   (13  per   cent),  while   21  per   cent   consider   themselves   entrepreneur;   13  

per  cent   is   involved   in  semi-­‐commercial  agriculture;  and  11  per  cent  finds  a  sort  of  

occupation   as   a   local   authority,   and   2.4   per   cent   of   the   sample   population   is  

detached  employee.  From  this   it   follows  that  entrepreneurial  activities,  agriculture,  

trading,  and  governance-­‐related  activities  are  the  main  types  of  economic  activities  

in  the  area.  Logging  is  of  little  economic  significance.    

The  questionnaire  focused  specifically  on  the  perceived  impacts  the  construction  of  

a   road   along   the   river   may   have   on   economic   opportunities   like   expansion   and  

diversification   of   production;   on   transportation   costs,   frequency   and   duration;   on  

employment  and  income  opportunities;  on  health,  social  and  cultural  aspects  of  the  

livelihood   including  opportunities   to  visit  a  hospital  or  clinic,   school,   church,   family  

members;   on   security   and   crime;   on   the   position   of   local   authority,   customs   and  

traditions;  and  on  the  environment.    

Apart  from  individual  interviews  at  home,  with  no  one  else  present,  and  based  on  a  

pre-­‐arranged   list   of   questions,   meetings   with   focus   groups   were   organized.   The  

survey  was  undertaken  by  an  NGO,  Stichting  Equalance,  rooted  in  the  area  and  with  

the  capability  to  speak  the  local  language  and  to  understand  local  customs.    

When  assessing  the  response,  several  conditions  should  be  taken  into  account:  

(1)  The  population  in  the  area  was  not  informed  about  the  plan  or  proposal  to  build  

a  road.  The  only  obvious  link  with  road  construction  was  the  pavement  of  the  road  

between  the  capital  city  of  Paramaribo  and  Pokigron/Atjoni,  which  was  taking  place  

at  the  moment  the  questionnaire  was  undertaken.  Consequently,  expectations  and  

perceptions  were  not  based  on  recent  and  nearby  experiences  with  relevance  to  the  

area  under  investigation.    

Page 96: Literatuur en Manual

  95  

(2)   In   view   of   the   low   average   level   of   income   per   capita   or   household,   changes  

enlarging  the  probability  of  an   increase   in  consumption   in   the  short   term  probably  

have  a  high  preference  notwithstanding  a  possible  negative  welfare  implication  over  

the  longer  term.  

(3)   Customs,   principles   and   fear   of   change   may   play   a   role   in   the   creation   of  

perceptions  concerning  the  probable  impact  of  a  road  to  be  built.  Fear  of  change  will  

likely   impact   on   the   one   group   that   obviously   will   experience   directly   the   new  

competition  of   an  alternative   transport  mode,   the  boatmen  and   their   families   and  

affiliates.    

(4)  By  interviewing  individuals  at  home,  the  potential  influence  of  the  preferences  of  

family  members,  local  captains  and  their  assistants,  and  others  with  some  degree  of  

influence  over  the  community  on  the   interviewed  person  has   in  all   likelihood  been  

reduced,  but   these  types  of   influences  on  responses   to   interview  questions  cannot  

be  excluded  entirely.    

Table  1.  Assessment  of  the  probable  impact  of  a  road:  economic  aspects,  in  percentages  (n=538).  

  +  +   +   0   –   –  –  No  

response  

Facilitates  (economic)  activity   27.5   25.3   25.1   5.4   3.9   12.8  

Reduces  costs  of  transportation   36.2   13.2   26.4   3.3   2.8   18.0  

Increases  income  because  of  improved  access  to  intermediate  

inputs  

12.1   26.6   34.6   3.5   3.5   19.7  

Induces  transport–related  activity  

28.3   40.1   18.2   3.7   2.8   6.9  

Table   2.   Assessment   of   the   probable   impact   of   a   road:   social,   cultural,   educa-­‐tional  and  health-­‐related  aspects,  in  percentages  (n  =  538).  

  +  +   +   0   –   –  –  No  

response  

Increases  visits  to  family  members,  relationships  and  

friends  

35.9   26.0   33.5   1.3   0.6   2.8  

Facilitates  visits  to  health  centres  

24.3   28.1   43.5   0.9   0.9   2.2  

Page 97: Literatuur en Manual

  96  

Increases  visits  to  health  centres   15.4   23.4   57.8   0.4   0.7   2.2  

Facilitates  visits  to  churches  and  

places  of  worship  4.3   16.4   72.7   1.1   0.9   4,6  

Facilitates  going  to  school,  sports-­‐  and  leisure  facilities  

21.7   25.3   46.1   0.7   0.7   5.4  

Facilitates  visits  to  government  

offices  27.3   37.5   31.6   1.3   0.4   1.9  

Table  3.  Assessment  of  the  quality  of  existing  transport  modes  (water,  roads,  air),  in  percentages  (n=538).  

  +  +   +   0   –   –  –  No  

response  

  13.9   52.4   17.8   11.2   2.2   0.0  

Table  4.  Assessment  of  the  major  probable  impacts  of  a  road:    perceived  emerging  problems,  frequency  and  percentages  (n=538).  

  n   (%)  

Theft   258   48.0  

Illegal  or  unwanted  hunting   91   16.9  

Land  grabbing   69   12.8  

Murder,  accidents,  drugs   47   8.7  

No  response   23   4.3  

Total   488   90.7  

Economic  impacts  

Table  1  presents  the  scoring  on  four  economic  impacts  of  a  road  in  five  categories:  

strongly  positive,  positive,  neutral,  negative  and  strongly  negative.  In  general  terms,  

a  road  is  perceived  to  facilitate  (economic)  activity  according  to  52.8  per  cent  of  the  

sample  population  while  9.3  per  cent  expects  the  opposite.  Note  however  that  37.9  

per  cent  expect  no  impact  or  does  not  know  what  to  expect  regarding  this  probably  

most  crucial  and  general   type  of   impact.  Economic  activity  may  be   facilitated   for  a  

number  of  reasons:  transportation  costs  are  reduced,  access  to  intermediate  inputs  

Page 98: Literatuur en Manual

  97  

like   natural   resources,   energy,   equipment,   is   improved,   and   market   access   is  

improved.    

As  shown,  reduction  of  transportation  costs  is  expected  by  49.4  per  cent  while  32.5  

per  cent  expects  no  reduction  or  even  an  increase,  and  18.0  per  cent  has  no  opinion.  

This   is   a   remarkable   result   that   may   be   related   to   relatively   high   costs   of   bus  

transportation  at  other   stretches  used  by   the  population   in   the  area,  and   tends   to  

bypass   the   value   of   time   saved   by   using   the   faster   alternative   mode   of  

transportation.  Apparently,  however,  transportation  by  boat  is  considered  costly,  as  

the   type   of   improvement   of   boat   transport   most   frequently   mentioned   is   price  

reduction.    

The   scoring   on   the   perceived   impact   on   income   due   to   improved   access   to  

intermediate   inputs   is   somewhat  unclear:   38.7  per   cent   expects   a  positive   impact,  

but  61.3  per  cent  expects  no   impact,  a  negative   impact  or  does  not  know  what   to  

expect.  The  generally  high  scoring  on  ‘no  response’   is   in  part  related  to  a  relatively  

large   segment   of   the   sample   population   who   refuses   to   really   participate   in   the  

questionnaire  out  of  protest  against  the  road  or  the  procedure  leading  to  a  decision  

to  construct  a  road.  Apart  from  a  fairly  large  segment  that  expects  increased  income  

due  to  increased  sales,  there  is  also  fear  for  new  competition  in  the  local  market  by  

outsiders.    

The  perception  among  68.4  per  cent  of  the  sample  population   is  that  the  road  will  

induce   transport-­‐related  activity.   The   scoring  on  more   specific   follow-­‐up  questions  

shows  that  65.8  per  cent  expects  a  stimulus  to  commercial  activity  generally   in  the  

area,   particularly   (semi)   commercial   agriculture,   possibly   in   combination   with  

hunting  and   fishing;  65.6  per   cent  expects  new   job  opportunities  directly   linked   to  

road-­‐induced  tourism  in  the  area  and  to  transport,  and  64.1  per  cent  expects  to  find  

new  types  of  jobs.    

The  potential  impact  of  road  construction  on  land  use  appears  to  be  hard  to  perceive  

and  the  scoring  is  ambiguous.  Just  over  half  (50.4  per  cent)  of  the  sample  population  

expects   (significant)   impact   by   means   of   reduced   freedom   to   move   in   the   forest  

concessions  offered  to  outsiders.  

Social  impacts  

Table  2  presents  an  overview  of  the  perceived  impacts  of  a  road  on  a  range  of  social,  

cultural,   religious,  educational   and  health-­‐related   issues.  Nearly  62  per   cent  of   the  

sample   population   is   of   the   opinion   that   social   contacts   including   visits   to   family  

members,  relatives  and  friends  will  increase  as  a  consequence  of  the  construction  of  

Page 99: Literatuur en Manual

  98  

a   road.  At   the  same  time,  about  one   third  of   the  sample  does  not  expect   to  see  a  

change  in  their  attitude  or  habits  in  this  regard.    

Over   half   of   the   sample  population   (52.4   per   cent)   expects   that   road   construction  

will   facilitate   visiting   health-­‐care   centres   while   43.5   per   cent   does   not   expect   an  

impact.  At  the  same  time,  38.8  per  cent  expects  actually  to  increase  the  frequency  of  

visits   to  health-­‐care  centres  once   the   road   is  constructed  while  57.8  per  cent  does  

not  expect  any  impact.  Apparently,  other  variables  tend  to  impact  on  the  frequency  

of  visits  including  age  and  gender,  and  the  system  of  checks  and  controls  applied  by  

the   health   centre,   that   all   generate   flows   of   visits   rather   independent   of   the  

availability  of  alternative  modes  of  transportation.    

Regarding   visits   to   religious   centres   including   churches   and  places  of  worship   72.7  

per  cent  does  not  expect  a  road  to  facilitate  visits  and  a  similar  percentage  expects  

no  impact  on  the  frequency  of  visits.  Most  places  of  worship  are  situated  within  the  

villages   and   visiting   does   not   require   transportation.   Nevertheless,   20.8   per   cent  

expects  a  road  to  facilitate  such  visits,  and  to  increase  the  number  of  visits.    

Going  to  school  may  be  facilitated  by  road  construction  according  to  47  per  cent  of  

the   sample   population   and   nearly   the   same   number   of   respondents   has   indicated  

that  there  is  no  such  impact.  Particularly  in  the  rainy  season  schools  may  be  difficult  

to  reach  from  some  rather  isolated  villages.  The  impact  of  a  road  may  be  limited  in  

case   parents   refuse   to   pay   fees   for   a   school   bus,   if   required.   Elderly   people   in  

particular  expect  a  road  to  contribute  to  visiting  festivities  and  facilities.    

Finally,   the   investigation  shows   that  64.8  per  cent  expect   that  a   road  will   facilitate  

visiting  government  offices.    

Table  3  shows  the  degree  of  satisfaction  with  the  existing  transport  system,  the  core  

of   which   is   boat   transport   with   additional   facilities   for   air   transport   and   local  

transport  over  roads.  Remarkably,  66.4  per  cent  considers  the  existing  system  (very)  

good  and  another  17.8  per  cent  as  normal  or  adequate.  Consequently,  only  a  small  

minority   is  unsatisfied  with   the   transport   system  as   it   functions.  Nevertheless,   this  

outcome   is   hard   to  match  with   the   observation   that   27.5   per   cent   of   the   sample  

population  considered   the  existing   transport   system   inadequate   for   social   visits.   In  

addition   it   may   be   observed   that   many   among   the   population   in   the   area   have  

obvious   priorities   for   improvement   of   the   water   transport   system,   such   as   higher  

frequency  and  reliability,  more  safety  and  lower  prices.    

It  is  obvious  that  the  government  initiative  to  build  a  road  in  this  area  is  independent  

of   the   priorities   of   the   local   population.   Clearly,   the   local   population   considers  

Page 100: Literatuur en Manual

  99  

extension   of   the   transportation   system   by   road   construction   positive   and   road  

transportation  is  considered  the  preferred  mode  of  transport  in  nearly  all  villages  in  

the   area.   Note   however   that   a   road   is   not   considered   a   substitute   for   water  

transport  but  rather  a  complement  to  it.  

The  most  frequently  mentioned  emerging  problems  in  relation  to  the  construction  of  

a   road  are  presented   in  Table  4:   theft,   illegal  or  unwanted  hunting,   land  grabbing,  

and   the   combination   of  murder,   accidents,   and   drugs   abuse.   Some   differentiation  

can  be  made  among  subgroups  within  the  sample.  The  subgroup  of  women  that  are  

involved   in   semi-­‐commercial   agriculture   emphasizes,   in   addition   to   the   issues  

referred  to  above,  the  probable  emergence  of  assault  and  rape  and  destruction  and  

damage  of  property.  The  group  of  elderly  as  well   as   the   local   authority  emphasize  

erosion  of  authority,  social  structure  and  traditional  values.  The  group  of  youngsters  

and   entrepreneurs   emphasizes   destruction   and   damage   of   property,   murder,  

robbery  of  resources,  and  drugs  abuse.    

Interviews  and  group-­‐wise  discussions  show  that  land  grabbing  clearly  is  considered  

as  a  widely  shared  risk  of  opening  the  area.  As   land  titles  are  not  clearly   identified  

and   recognized,   many   people   in   the   area   fear   that   government   will   distribute  

concessions   to  outsiders.  Note   that   this  problem   is  not   specific   for   the  area  under  

investigation  but  is  more  generally  considered  a  crucial  problem  in  the  interior.    

Apart   from   these   risks,   reference   is   made   to   the   possible   penetration   of   Chinese  

retail  traders  in  the  villages,  and  of  Brazilian  gold  diggers,  particularly  in  relation  to  a  

road  linkage  with  Brazil.    

In   general,   the   local   population   recognizes   major   advantages   related   to   road  

construction  in  the  area,  but  has  strong  expectations  concerning  a  range  of  emerging  

problems.  This  ambiguity  can  be   recognized  when   taking   the   full   range  of  answers  

and  observations  into  consideration.  In-­‐depth  analysis  of  the  questionnaire  in  which  

types  of  answers  are   linked   to  economic  characteristics  of   those   interviewed  show  

that  fear  of  future  loss  of  income  for  boats  man  and  their  family  members  influences  

the  type  of  answers,  resulting  in  a  type  of  ‘strategic  answering’  or  ‘non-­‐answering’.    

Survey  into  the  impact  area  along  the  Tapanahoni  River  

Recently  a  similar  list  of  question  has  been  used  for  a  survey  among  the  indigenous  

peoples  -­‐  Trio  and  Wayana  tribes  -­‐  living  in  the  villages  of  Tepu,  Palumeu  and  Apetina  

along   the   Tapanahoni   River.   These   three   villages   are   expected   to   experience   the  

impacts  of  the  dam  envisaged  in  the  Tapanahoni  river,  as  well  as  the  impacts  of  the  

road  required  to  facilitate  the  construction  of  the  dam.  It  should  be  noted  that  these  

Page 101: Literatuur en Manual

  100  

populations   have  no   experience   at   all  with   roads   in   the   areas  where   they   live   nor  

with  dams.  Consequently,  it  is  to  be  expected  that  assessing  probable  impacts  will  be  

a  complicated  exercise.  At  this  stage  results  of  the  survey  as  presented  in  ACT  2012  

need  to  be  re-­‐assessed  before  publication.    

Preliminary  hydrographic  studies  indicate  at  the  following  probable  impacts  of  dams  

in  the  Tapanahoni  River.  

(1)  The  inhabitants  of  these  three  villages  are  expected  to  experience  different  types  

of  effects  of  the  hydro-­‐energy  works  as  envisaged  in  the  Tapajai  Project:    

(2)  As  a  consequence  of  the  construction  of  the  dams  transportation  over  water  -­‐  by  

now  the  only  means  of  transportation  between  the  villages  -­‐  will  be  obstructed  and  

severely  hampered.    

(3)  The  Alamandidon  dam  nearby  Palumeu  will   in  all   likelihood  cause  inundation  of  

part   of   the   village  of   Palumeu   including   the  plots   of   land  used   for   cultivation.   The  

precise  location  of  the  geographical  area  impacted  by  the  construction  of  the  dams,  

however,  has  not  yet  been  established.    

(4)   Upstream   water   levels   will   be   raised   significantly   which   may   put   the   growth  

potentials  of  the  river  nearby  Tepu  for  new  vintages  of  fish  in  danger.  

(5)  Downstream  the  average  wáter  level  of  the  river  will  be  reduced  significantly,  as  

will  be  the  case  in  Apetina;  this  will  affect  transport  and  fishery.  

(6)   Downstream,   the   degree   of   water   pollution   related   to   illegal,   small-­‐scale   gold  

mining  based  on   the  use  of  mercury  may  be  raised  due   to   reduced   inflow  of   fresh  

wáter.  

(7)  Downstream,  the  lower  water  level  and  related  water  pressure  in  the  Marowijne  

River  may  extend   the   inflow  of   salt   seawater   from   the  Caribbean  Sea  at  high   tide,  

with  a  probable  impact  on  the  land  adjacent  to  the  river.  

(8)   Downstream,   the   risk   of   inundation   with   sudden   increases   of   upstream  water  

supply   will   be   increased   with   potential   risks   for   the   life’s   and   livelihoods   of   the  

populations  living  nearby  the  river.    

Reflections  on  the  perception  studies  in  the  impact  area  

When   assessing   the   information   derived   from   interviews,   discussions   and   survey-­‐

studies,   standard   rules   need   be   observed   regarding   representativeness   and  

significance  of   the  sample  size  and  structure,  and  the  content  and  structure  of   the  

listed   questions.   Moreover,   in   the   particular   context   of   a   road   infrastructure  

programme   the   long-­‐term   dimension   of   the   impact   should   be   taken   into   account,  

Page 102: Literatuur en Manual

  101  

including  the  specific  effect  that  a  road  may  have  on  the  future  composition  of  the  

population  of  communities   in   the   impact  area.  Clearly,  particularly   the  preferences  

of  those  actually  living  in  the  impact  area  are  registered,  not  of  those  who  intend  to  

migrate  into  the  area  once  the  road  will  be  constructed,  but  this  may  differ  among  

assessments.  

For  several  reasons  such  as  lack  of  information,  uncertainties  and  biases,  the  stated  

preferences  do  not  reflect  in  a  pure  and  unbiased  way  the  welfare  of  the  interviewed  

individuals,  and  consequently  hamper  the  potential  use  value  of  the  interviews  with  

members  of  the  population  for  the  shaping  of  a  plan  of  action  and  decision  making.  

Preferences  and  opinions  as  expressed  in  interviews  with  representatives  of  the  local  

population  are  presumably  shaped  by  individual  interests  of  these  representatives.    

Below  five  main  issues  in  this  context  are  focused  upon.  

(1)   Statements   on   preferences,   opinions   and   expectations   are   often   based   on  

incomplete   and   biased   information.   This   holds   particularly   for   locals   with   poor  

education,   little   access   to   information   and   living   in   rather   isolated   circumstances.  

This  may  affect  the  value  of  answers  to  questions  pertaining  to  the  expected  effects  

of  a  road  that  has  not  yet  been  constructed.  Such  expectations  can  hardly  be  based  

on  experience.    

(2)   In   small   communities,   characterized   by   strong   interdependence   and   family  

linkages,   and   a   hierarchical   structure   among   community   members,   opinions   as  

expressed  during  public  meetings  are  not  necessarily  pure  expressions  of   individual  

preferences  but  may  be  biased  to  make  these  stated  preferences  fit  with  the  current  

social  structure  and  with  preferences  as  stated  by  a  majority  of  the  community  or  by  

the  local  powers  that  be.    

(3)  In  conditions  of  poverty  or  low  income,  low  levels  of  protection  and  high  degrees  

of  uncertainty,  the  (implicit)  discount  rate  individuals  apply  when  stating  preferences  

and  opinions  generally  reflect  a  high  preference  for  consumption  and  income  in  the  

short   term,   and   a   low   preference   for   conservation   and   preservation   of   income  

potentials  in  the  longer  term.  This  preference  structure  may  endanger  potentials  to  

generate   income   in  the  future   in  case  the  risk  of  environmental  overexploitation   is  

not  sufficiently  counted  for.    

 (4)  Preferences  as  expressed  in  interviews  may  be  ‘irrational’  in  the  sense  that  they  

are  affected  or  thwarted  by  customs  and  principles,  and  by  excessive  fear  of  pain  or  

change.  In  such  cases,  these  stated  preferences  are  not  supportive  of  a  person’s  own  

Page 103: Literatuur en Manual

  102  

interests   and   welfare   (in   the   longer   term).   Particularly   fear   of   change   may   affect  

stated  preferences  regarding  a  road  programme  in  a  rather  isolated  area.    

 (5)   Representatives   of   groups   in   society,   like   authorities,   local   politicians,   and  

members  of  NGOs,  need  not  purely  reflect  the  preferences  of  their  constituency  or  

the   members   of   their   organizations   or   groups   in   society   they   claim   to   represent.  

Private   and   specific   interests   of   these   representatives   or   the   interests   of   the  

institutions   they   represent   may   interfere   and   impact   upon   their   opinions,   stated  

perceptions,  and  preferences.    

By   implication,   simply   adding   up   individuals’   opinions   as   stated   in   meetings   and  

krutus  in  communities  and  using  these  aggregates  as  inputs  for  decision-­‐making  and  

the   formulation  of  action  plans  neglects   troubling  aspects  of   such  a  public  consult.  

Processing   of   data   based   on   significant   population   samples   in   large   areas   may  

involve  a  substantial  amount  of  time  and  money.  Correctly,  the  types  of  biases  and  

flaws   referred   to   above   have   been   observed   also   by   the   PIATAM   team   in   their  

methodological  observations  on  the  SEA  they  made  on  the  road  Manaus-­‐Porto  Velho  

as  discussed  by  Wallis  in  another  panel  paper.  Troubling  aspects  including  systematic  

lying  for  the  sake  of  defending  individual  interests  that  are  put  at  risk  were  detected  

in  case  of  the  survey  presented  here.  Questionnaires  may  result   in  high  degrees  of  

similarity  in  answers  to  questions  related  to  the  preference  for  (re)construction  of  a  

road.  More  insight  could  be  obtained  by  linking  opinions  and  preferences  with  socio-­‐

economic  characteristics  or  profiles  of  the  individuals  that  express  such  preferences,  

and  applying  factor  analysis  (principal  component  analysis)  or  ANOVA.    

Final  Reflections  and  Conclusions  on  SEAs  

SEAs  may  contribute  significantly  to  the  process  of  development  road  infrastructure,  

or  hydro-­‐energy  infrastructure,  particularly  in  case  these  works  are  located  in  areas  

with   valuable   eco-­‐systems   or   in   territories   where   local   communities   are   highly  

dependent   for   their   living   on   the   eco-­‐systems.   However,   many   SEAs   suffer   from  

shortcoming  of  different  types  that  tend  to  limit  their  potential  contributions  to  the  

decision-­‐making   process   before   the   start   of   the   infrastructural   works   as   well   as  

during  the  stage  of  construction  and  afterwards.  

The  review  of  literature  and  the  case  studies  presented  in  Van  Dijck  (2013)  support  

the  following  observations:  

(1)  Most  environmental  baseline  studies  of  SEAs  are  based  on  existing  data,  not  on  

information  newly  created  as  part  of  the  assessment.  Hence,  data  constructed  with  

different  methodologies,  at  different  scales  and  for  different  purposed  are  grouped  

Page 104: Literatuur en Manual

  103  

together   to  analyse   the  existing  condition  and   to   facilitate  assessment  of  potential  

impacts.  This  may  be  a  risky  strategy  particularly  in  case  of  vulnerable  eco-­‐systems,  

environmental   hotspots   and   highly   dependent   local   communities.   The   atlas  

constructed   by  DHV   as   part   of   the   Corredor  Norte   assessment   is   a   special   case   in  

which   vast   quantities   of   data   and   a   large   number   of   maps   are   put   together   to  

construct   a   comprehensive   overview   of   the   relevant   environmental   dimensions   of  

the  wide  potential  impact  area  of  this  corridor  in  Bolivia  (DHV  2006).  

(2)   Processing   of   data   in   GIS   maps   may   facilitate   impact   analysis   from   different  

angles   and   involving   economic,   social,   environmental   dimensions   as   well   as  

transport-­‐related   and   security-­‐related   aspects.   This   approach  may   support   as  well  

the   design   of   an   optimal   trajectory   of   roads   as   seen   from   the   different   angles  

distinguished  above  

(3)  Decision-­‐making  on  the  optimal  mode  of  transportation  -­‐  road,  railway,  waterway  

-­‐  and  the  optimal  trajectory  may  be  supported  by  including  a  valuation  of  eco-­‐system  

services   provided   in   the   potential   impact   area.   Alternative  modes   and   trajectories  

with  different   impacts  on  eco-­‐systems  and  their  capability  to  supply  environmental  

services   may   be   compared   more   adequately   if   the   values   and   significance   of   the  

relevant  variables  are  expressed   in  units   that  enable  comparison.  Quantification  of  

non-­‐marketed  eco-­‐system  services  that  are  made  available  as  public  goods  is  hard  to  

realize,  although  a  large  number  of  methods  and  practices  has  been  developed  and  

applied  to  support  attempts  at  valuing  such  services.  

(4)   The   strategic  plan  of   action  –   the  ultimate  outcome  of   the  assessment   study  –  

may  be  composed  of  a  large  number  of  priorities,  requests  and  claims  as  formulated  

by  many  different  stakeholders:  local  communities,  their  representatives,  as  well  as  

representatives  of  interest  groups  and  relevant  economic  sectors  in  the  area.  To  turn  

such  a  list  of  priorities  into  a  genuine  plan  of  action,  priorities  have  to  be  translated  

in  a  combination  of  instruments  that  are  selected  as  first  best,  second  best  and  next  

best  according  to  effectiveness  and  efficiency  criteria.    

(5)   Initiatives  as  proposed  in  a  plan  of  action  may  differ   in  terms  of  scale  regarding  

the  impacts  that  they  aim  to  address.  This  raises  the  issue  of  subsidiarity:  finding  the  

optimal   level   of   governance   to   intervene   in   view   of   the   spatial   dimension   of   the  

impacts:   According   to   the   principle,   impacts   are   addressed   at   the   lowest   possible  

level:  local  impacts  need  to  be  addressed  at  the  local  level  by  local  governance,  and  

regional   impacts   at   the   regional   level.   Pollution   of   land   and   of   water   is   a   case   in  

point.  

Page 105: Literatuur en Manual

  104  

(6)  Modelling  may  support  the  assessment  of  the  probable  extension  of  the  impact  

area  of  a  road  or  hydro-­‐energy  plan  in  the  course  of  time.  Most  modelling  exercises  

of   impacts   are   based   on   data   on   land   use,   land   quality,   distances   to   markets,  

infrastructure,  degree  of  protection  of  areas  and  distance   to  deforestated  areas  or  

areas.   Only   few   impact   models   make   use   of   data   related   to   prices   of   inputs   and  

outputs   of   products   that  may   be   produced   in   the   potential   impact   area.   Prices   of  

wood,  non-­‐timber  forest  products,  eco-­‐services,  cattle  and  agricultural  products  are  

cases  in  point.  This  limits  the  significance  of  such  models.  At  the  same  time  it  needs  

to   be   realized   that   international   or   domestic   prices   are   hard   to   forecast   over   the  

longer   term.   An   alternative   approach   could   be   to   develop   several   scenarios   with  

assumptions  regarding  developments  of  prices,  demand  and  supply.  

(7)   At   the   end   of   our   study   of   the   potentials   of   the   participatory   approach   when  

assessing  impacts  and  the  developing  a  plan  of  action,  it  should  be  observed  that  the  

combined  views  of  stakeholders   in   the  potential   impact  area  do  not  per  se  end  up  

with   a   plan   for   regional   sustainable   development.   As   observed   earlier,   short-­‐term  

considerations   and   priority   for   revenues   in   the   short   term  may   bias   the   proposals  

and   suggestion   towards   maximization   of   revenues   rather   than   conservation   of  

natural  capital  and  the  sources  of  long-­‐term  revenues.  

Page 106: Literatuur en Manual

  105  

References  

ACT,   Study   of   the   perception   of   Trio   and   Wayana   communities   on   the   North-­‐South   road  infrastructure  in  Suriname,  Paramaribo,  (internal  document)  2012.    

Boksteen,  L.,  Deelstudie   impact  vergroting  beschikbare  hoeveelheid  water   in  het  bestaande  Brokopondo   stuwmeer,   Cedla   Research   project   Strategische   Analyse   en   Participatief  Actieplan  voor  Zuid  Oost  Suriname,  (internal  document),  2009  

DHV,  Evaluación  ambiental  estratégica  del  Corredor  Norte,  La  Paz-­‐Guyaramerín-­‐  Cobija,   La  Paz,  2006.  

Dijck,  P.  van,  ‘Op  weg  naar  het  eind  van  de  kaart,  De  gevolgen  van  asphalt  door  de  jungle’,  OSO,  Oktober  2011.  

Dijck,  P.  van,  The  impact  of  the  IIRSA  road  infrastructure  programme  on  Amazonia,  Earthscan  from  Routledge,  2013.    

Ministry  of  Public  Works,  Republic  of   Suriname,   IIRSA  Suriname  Country  Paper  on  Selected  National  Routes  of  Suriname  ,Paramaribo,  2003  

Regering   van   de   Republiek   Suriname,   Meerjaren   Ontwikkelingsplan   (MOP)   2006-­‐2011;  Strategie  voor  duurzame  ontwikkeling,  Paramaribo,  2006.  

Royal   Haskoning,   EMC,   Sunecon,   and  Witteveen-­‐Bos,   Strategic   environmental   assessment  (SEA)   of   transport   infrastructure   initiatives   (among   others   IIRSA)   in   Suriname,   internal  report,  2007.  

Stichting   Equalance,   Deelstudie   meningen   lokale   bevolking   over   wegaanleg   in   het   Boven  Suriname   gebied,   Cedla   Research   project   Strategische   Analyse   en   Participatief   Actieplan  voor  Zuid  Oost  Suriname,  (internal  document),  2010.  

Page 107: Literatuur en Manual

  106  

EXPERIENCES  IN  A  POLICY  CONTEXT:  THE  IMPACT  ASSESSMENT  OF  

THE  MANAUS-­‐PORTO  VELHO  HUB  

Marinella  Wallis  

Introduction.  

The   construction   and   pavement   of   highways   in   Amazonia   have   raised   intensive  

debates   in   the   last   three   decades.   While   highways   are   important   for   regional  

economic   growth   (Perz   et   al.,   2007),   they   are   at   the   same   time   among   the  main  

factors   that   induce   deforestation   and   environmental   degradation   (Kaimovitz   and  

Angelsen,   1998;   Soares-­‐Filho   et   al.,   2006a).   Nevertheless,   there   are   not   many  

projects  that  are  analysed  in  a  comprehensive  way  concerning  the  economic,  social  

and  environmental   costs  and  benefits,  direct  and   indirect,  as  well  as   regarding   the  

projects  themselves  as  their  alternatives.  Or,  as  Rivas  puts  it:  ‘Although  the  Amazon  

region  is  the  object  of  countless  studies,  many  of  them  provide  only  highly  localized  

insights,   leaving  most  of   the   region   virtually  unknown’   (Rivas   in  Chapter  10  of   van  

Dijck,  2013).  This  paper  is  a  reflection  on  an  ‘old-­‐school’  SEA,  that  was  executed  for  

obtaining  a  licence  for  the  reconstruction  of  a  stretch  of  400  km  of  the  BR-­‐319.  Due  

to   a   complicated   construction   of   commissioning   this   SEA   –  with   consequences   for  

the  terms  of   reference  –  and,  according  to   the  national  environmental  agency,   the  

Brazilian   Institute   for   the  Environment  and  Renewable  Natural  Resources   (IBAMA),  

to  a  flaw  of  some  methodological  aspects  within  the  SEA,  the  end  result  of  the  SEA  

has  not  yet  been  approved  while  the  report  was  already  produced  in  2009.  

Background  of  BR-­‐319  Highway.  

In  2005,  the  Federal  Government  announced  the  restoration  of  the  BR-­‐319  Highway,  

which  connects  Manaus,  the  capital  of  the  State  of  Amazonas,  with  Porto  Velho,  the  

capital  of  the  State  of  Rondônia  (see  map  1  and  map  2).  This  highway  was  originally  

built   in   the  1970s  during  the  military  regime,  with  the  main  objective  of  occupying  

the  region  and  exploring  natural  resources  in  the  northern  part  of  the  country.  At  the  

time,   the  project  was   executed  without   any   consideration  of   economic   viability   or  

environmental  consequences.  For  instance,  even  a  thorough  estimation  of  the  traffic  

weight  to  be  expected  wasn’t  made  (Fearnside  and  Graça,  2006).  Moreover,   it  was  

built  too  hastily  during  the  rainy  season.  

Page 108: Literatuur en Manual

  107  

One  of  the  rationales  behind  the  construction  of  this  road  was  the  logistic  need  for  

the  goods  produced  by  the  Polo   Industrial  de  Manaus  (PIM)  and  the   inputs   for  the  

industries,   as   the  only  ways  of   transporting   goods   to   the   southeastern  part   of   the  

country  (São  Paulo  and  Rio  de  Janeiro)  were  by  air  or  by  water.  However,  it  turned  

out  that  the  road  was  not  very  much  in  use  nor  kept  in  good  order.  Rumours  have  it  

that   local   barge   owners   ruined   the   road   on   purpose   because   they   feared   a  

substantial   loss   in   their   income   if   transportation   of   goods  was   no   longer   done   by  

waterways.  

With  the  growth  of  the  Polo  Industrial,  every  now  and  then  voices  are  to  be  heard  in  

favour  of   restoration  of   the   road.   Eventually  with   success,   as   an  amount  of  nearly  

700  million   reais   (335  million  US  dollars)  was  budgeted   in   the   first   tranche  of   PAC  

(Programa   de   Aceleração   do   Crescimento),   the   national   Programme   of   Enhancing  

Growth,  and  the  road  was  planned  to  be  concluded  in  2011.  In  spite  of  this  rather  

high  sum  of  money,  there  was  no  economic  study  done  that  proved  the  economic  

viability  of  the  road  (Fleck,  2009).  However,  nowadays  the  Brazilian  law  prescribes  

an   EIA-­‐RIMA1   to   be   done   to   assess   the   environmental   impact   of   the   building   of  

infrastructural  works.  

The   BR-­‐319   is   a   road   of   almost   900   kilometres   but   the   environmental   impact  

assessment  (EIA),  required  by  law  by  means  of  the  environmental  protection  agency  

IBAMA,  covers  just  over  400  kilometres,  from  Manaus  at  km  250  until  km  656.  The  

reason  behind  this  spatial  limitation  is  that  only  the  specific  stretch  in  the  middle  of  

the  trajectory  of  the  road  is  regarded  as  new,  as  no  traffic  has  passed  for  a  long  time  

due  to  the  bad  condition  of  that  stretch,  while  the  other  segments  of  the  road  are  

paved,  in  good  condition  and  in  use.  Map  1  shows  the  road  and  adjacent  territory.    

Regional  pressures  for  the  BR-­‐319  connection.  

Within   the   context   of   the   developments   of   the   continent-­‐broad   Initiative   for  

Regional   Infrastructure  Integration   in  South  America  (IIRSA),  Manaus  appears  to  be  

central  to  plans  of  the  Amazon  Hub  –  connecting  the  Pacific  Ocean  with  the  Atlantic.    

 

                                                                                                                         

1   In   the   Brazilian   context   the   process   of   a   SEA   is   called   an   EIA-­‐RIMA,   with   slightly   different  preconditions.  A  convenient  point  in  case  is  that  there  is  only  one  organization  that  has  to  evaluate  an  EIA-­‐RIMA:  IBAMA,  which  also  put  the  terms  of  reference  forward.  

Page 109: Literatuur en Manual

  108  

Map  1.  The  BR-­‐319  and  adjacent  territory  between  the  rivers  Purus  and  Madeira.    

 Source:  adapted  from  UFAM,  2009b.  

Map  2.  Overview  of  northern  IIRSA  development  hubs.  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Source:  adapted  from  www.IIRSA.org.  

Moreover,   the  city   is   connected  with  developments  of   the  Guyana  Shield  Hub  and  

indirectly  with  the  Peru-­‐Brazil-­‐Bolivia  Hub.  The  development  of  the   latter   increases  

the  pressure  on  the  –  contested  –  rehabilitation  of  the  BR-­‐319,  connecting  Manaus  

Page 110: Literatuur en Manual

  109  

with  Porto  Velho.  For  a  presentation  in  the  context  of  IIRSA  hubs  see  Map  2.  On  this  

map   it   is  easily  to  notice  that  the  BR-­‐319  (the  dotted   line)  will  be  –  especially  with  

future  developments  of  IIRSA  –  a  central  possibility  for  integration.  

The   largest   intra-­‐regional   trade   flow   in   Amazonia   is   between   Manaus   and   Porto  

Velho,  which  is  to  a  large  extent  a  transito  connection  with  São  Paulo.  Porto  Velho,  

for  its  part,  is  embedded  in  the  IIRSA  Peru-­‐Brazil-­‐Bolivia  Hub,  entailing  a  connection  

to   the   Pacific   Ocean.   Moreover,   substantial   flows   are   being   developed   between  

Manaus   and   the   north   –  which   area   is   covered   by   the   IIRSA  Guyana   Shield  Hub   –  

specifically   to   Boa   Vista   and   further   up   north   towards   Caracas,   or   alternatively  

towards  Georgetown  and  the  port  of  New  Amsterdam  in  Guyana,  providing  access  to  

the   Caribbean   Sea   and   beyond   (see  Map   3).  Within   the   context   of   PAC   there   are  

even  more  plans  to  promote  economic  development  in  this  northern  region,  due  to  

its   more   convenient   location   vis-­‐à-­‐vis   the   rest   of   the   world   (Folha   de   São   Paulo,  

16-­‐10-­‐11).   Implication   of   this   will   be   that   part   of   the   economic   activities   will   be  

redirected  from  the  industrial  region  in  the  south-­‐east  around  SãoPaulo  to  the  north,  

as  the  northern  region  of  the  country  is  more  favourable  located  to  export  lanes  to  

the  northern  hemisphere.  Also,   the   (future)  existence  of  huge  hydroelectric  power  

stations  may  attract  more  industrial  activities  to  the  north.  These  developments  may  

enhance  the  need  for  a  road  connection  between  Manaus  and  Porto  Velho.  

Map  3.  Linking  Manaus  with  the  Caribbean.  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Source:  Freitas,  2009.  

Page 111: Literatuur en Manual

  110  

BR-­‐319  as  an  integration  road.  

In   addition   to   these   regional   developments,   there   are   plans   by   the   Ministry   of  

Transports   for  a   local  network  of   roads   in   connection  with   the  BR-­‐319.  This  would  

increase   the   warnings   by   Fearnside   that   roads   in   Amazonia,   such   as   the   BR-­‐319  

would  open  central  and  northern  Amazonia  to  the  actors   and  processes   of   the  Arc  

of  Deforestation   (Fearnside  and  Graça,  2006,  2009),  see  map  4.  

A   key   part   of   the   impact   of   the  BR-­‐319   will  be   the   plan   for   a   series   of   side   roads  

leading   from   the   main   highway   to   each   of   the   municipal   settlements   along   the  

Madeira  and  Purus  Rivers.  Worse,  one  of  the  roads  would  cross  the  Purus  River  at    

Map  4.  The  Arc  of  Deforestation.  

 Source:  Barreto  et  al.,  2006  

Tapuã   and   continue   to   Coarí,   Tefé   and   Juruá.   This  would   increase   the   support   of  

small  farmers  in  the  settlements  for  the  road,  but  open  up  the  large  area  of  forest  in  

the  western  part  of  the  state  of  Amazonas  as  well.    

In   the   plans   of   the   DNIT   it   was   formulated:   ‘In   the   social   area   the   works   of   the  

reconstruction  of  the  BR-­‐319  in  combination  with  the  conservation  of  the  stretches  

that  are  in  good  shape,  will  be  fundamental  to  form  a  hub  of  integration  and  end  in  

this  way   the   isolation  of   important   settlements   in   the  State  of  Amazonas.’   (UFAM,  

2009b).  

Page 112: Literatuur en Manual

  111  

The  EIA-­‐RIMA  of  the  BR-­‐319  

At   the   time   that   the   EIA-­‐RIMA  was   initiated,   Alfredo   Nascimento   was  Minister   of  

Transports,  who  became  well  known  for  his  preferences   in  favour  of  rebuilding  the  

BR-­‐319  highway.  Later  on,   in  March  2010,  he  would  be   running   for   the  election  of  

governor  of  the  State  of  Amazonas  and  one  of  his  selling  points  was  the  need  for  the  

restoration  of  the  BR-­‐319.  It  was  the  very  National  Department  of  Infrastructure  and  

Transports   (DNIT)   of   the  Ministry   of   Transports   that   commissioned   the   EIA-­‐RIMA.  

This  was  done  to  a  research  team  that  was  mainly  constituted  of  researchers  at  the  

Federal  University  of  Amazonas  (UFAM)  and  the  Amazon  National  Research  Institute  

(INPA),  with  IBAMA  as  the  supervising  body.  There  was  quite  a  few  money  available  

for  this  EIA-­‐RIMA:  1.5  million  US  dollars  and  almost  80  researchers  from  a  wide  area  

of   disciplines   were   to   be   contracted   (Rivas,   Chapter   10   in   van   Dijck,   2013).   The  

ultimate  result  of  this  extensive  EIA  was  planned  to  be  published  in  2009.    

Terms  of  Reference  of  the  EIA.  

The  terms  of  reference  for  the  EIA  as  provisionally2  formulated  by  IBAMA  require  a  

large  number  of  issues  to  be  addressed.  To  start  with,  an  environmental  diagnosis  of  

the   impact   area   is   required   including   a   characterization   of   the   physical,   biological  

and  socio-­‐economic  dimensions  of  the  region,  based  on  primary  and  secondary  data,  

and  covering  changing  conditions  during  the  Amazonian  rainy  and  dry  seasons.  Also,  

other   government   plans   for   the   Amazon   region   need   be   taken   into   account.   In  

addition,  the  study  presents  a  historical  perspective  of  the  road  in  order  to  provide  a  

better  understanding  of   its   strategic   importance   for  Brazil,   and  particularly   for   the  

Amazon   region.   The   requirements   concerning   environmental   dimensions   are  

particularly  detailed  in  view  of  the  presence  of  conservation  areas,  indigenous  lands  

and  other  areas  inhabited  by  traditional  communities,  and  the  historical,  cultural  and  

archaeological  patrimony.  Participatory   interviews  with   the   local   inhabitants  of   the  

area  were  included  for  a  better  understanding  of  local  circumstances  and  needs.  

Nearly   all   families,   small   farmers   and   businesses   have   been   interviewed   in   six  

communities  located  along  this  stretch,  involving  78  interviews  and  representing  45  

per  cent  of  the  overall  number  of  families  and  small  economic  units.  The  fieldwork  

was   undertaken   between   December   2007   and   February   2008   during   the   rainy  

                                                                                                                         

2  Rivas  (in  Chapter  10  van  Dijck  2013)  argues  that  one  of  the  problems  of  a  proper  execution  of  the  EIA  had  been  the  absence  of  definitive  Terms  of  Reference  up  until  the  end.  One  may  speculate  that  opposing  interests  between  the  commisioner  (the  Ministry  of  Transports)  and  the  supervisor  (IBAMA)  lay  at  the  root  of  this.  

Page 113: Literatuur en Manual

  112  

season  at  the  time  that  road  conditions  were  extremely  poor.  The  EIA  team  decided  

to  take  account  of  environmental  and  socio-­‐economic  issues  along  the  entire  stretch  

of  the  road  and  organized  five  mandatory  public  hearings,  three  of  which  in  Manaus,  

one  in  Humaitá  and  another  in  Porto  Velho  (UFAM  2009b).    

Up-­‐to-­‐date   information   on   environmental   aspects   related   to   road   constructions   in  

the   Amazon   region   has   been   provided   by   the   EIA   team,   and   people   have   been  

questioned   about   their   expectations   concerning   the   potential   social   and  

environmental   positive   and   negative   impact   of   the   road   works.   The   researchers  

claim   that   the  data  obtained  by  applying   these  methodologies  are   fundamental   to  

the  study  as  in  this  way  residents  have  been  assembled  around  a  common  interest,  

which   contributes   to   the   legitimacy   and   consistency   of   the   obtained   answers   and  

information.    

Throughout   the   Amazon   region,   people   live   with   different   cultures   and   social  

relations  creating  a  complex  framework  that  requires  a  joint  effort  for  the  mitigation  

and   compensation   for   potential   impacts.   The   study   proposes   preventive,  

compensatory   and  monitoring   programmes.   Currently,   among   the  most   important  

ways   to   prevent   the   negative   spillover   of   infrastructure   is   to   carry   out   consistent  

environmental  management,  which  includes  but  is  not  restricted  to  the  creation  and  

expansion  of  conservation  units,  as  such  units  prevent  the  disorderly  occupation  of  

territory,  reduce  the  pressure  on  natural  resources  and  restrict  illegal  activities  (Rivas  

Chapter  10  in  van  Dijck,  2013).    

Critical  comments  on  the  EIA-­‐RIMA  

Two  experts  on  the  Amazon  environment,  Fearnside  (2009)  and  Fleck  (2009),  made  a  

couple  of  critical   remarks  on  the  BR-­‐319  EIA.   In  his  article  The  EIA-­‐RIMA  of  the  BR-­‐

319   Highway:   Critical   Decision   on   the   Opening   of   the   Heart   of   Amazonia   to  

Deforestation,  Fearnside  stresses  that  the  EIA-­‐RIMA  on  the  BR-­‐319  highway  is  at  the  

moment  one  of  the  most  important  decisions  for  the  Brazilian  government:  whether  

or  not   the  central  and  northern  parts  of  Amazonia  will  be  opened   for   immigration  

from   the   notorious   ‘Arc   of   Deforestation’   –   which   nowadays   is   yet   limited   to   the  

south   and   south-­‐east   of   Amazonia   (see   Map   4).   If   this   part   of   the   road   will   be  

opened,   it   will   highly   facilitate   the   movement   of   the   actors   of   the   Arc   of  

Deforestation,   inclusive   the   illegal   owners   of   large   areas   of   public   territory,   de   so-­‐

called  grileiros,  and  the  people  of  the  big  landless  movement  (Fearnside  and  Graça,  

2006).  For  his  argument,  Fearnside  emphasizes  that  the  Manaus  region  until  now  has  

been  spared  agrarian  conflicts  by  people  in  search  of  land,  as  well  by  way  of  invading  

Page 114: Literatuur en Manual

  113  

fazendas   or   of   a   cycle   of   deforestation  when   people   invade   parts   of   the   forest   to  

create  new  arable  land.  This  has  been  the  case  because  of  the  difficulties  to  access  

the  area  due  to  the  absence  of  a  road  connection.  He  criticizes  the  stance  of  the  EIA-­‐

RIMA   that   rejects   this   argument  of   a   likely   increase  of   immigration,   declaring   that  

‘The   existence   of   a   curbed  migration   is   questionable,   as   the   use   of   the  waterway  

since   the   era   of   colonization   of   Amazonia   have   been   intense,   being   the   principal  

means   of   access   to   several   cities   in   the   region.’   (UFAM,   2009a,   Vol.   1,   p.   189).  

Fearnside’s   argument   is   that   ‘Unfortunately,   migration   have   been   a   returning  

phenomenon  when  other  areas  were  opened  up  by  roads,  as  in  the  case  of  the  BR-­‐

364  in  Rondônia’  (see  Fearnside,  2006).    

According  to  Fearnside,  a  remarkable  point  in  the  report  is  that  the  argument  of  the  

necessity  of  the  BR-­‐319  for  the   logistic  needs  of  the  Polo   Industrial  of  Manaus  was  

downplayed   saying   that   the  BR-­‐319  has   ‘low   importance   for   the  Polo   Industrial  de  

Manaus’   (UFAM,   2009a,   Vol.   1,   p.   216).   According   to   Fearnside   ‘this   is   one   of   the  

most  extraordinary  remarks  of  23  years  of  history  of  the  discussion  about  the  road,  

as  it  was  always  the  main  justification  for  the  existence  of  the  road’  (Fearnside,  2009,  

p.  1).  An  explanation  for  this  turn  can  be  sought  in  the  fact  that  the  Polo  Industrial  

has   sustainability   as   the   rationale   of   its   existence.   On   this   sustainability   ticket   the  

Polo   Industrial   gets   its   tax   reductions   and   investments   benefits   from   the   federal  

government.   It’s   plausible   that   the  management   of   the   Polo   Industrial,   SUFRAMA,  

doesn’t  want   to   risk   these  advantages  by  a  project  with  high  environmental   costs.  

Also,  the  matter  of  high  transportation  costs  was,  reportedly,  a  case  in  point.  

Another  point  of  critique  by  Fearnside  is  the  quantity  of  traffic  the  authors  expect  to  

use   the  road.  These  expectations  are  exceptionally  optimistic:   they  expect  375.000  

passengers  travelling  per  bus  from  2012  on,  the  date  of  the  expected  inauguration  of  

the  road  (UFAM,  2009a,  Vol.  1,  p.  193),  which  is  around  the  number  of  inhabitants  of  

the  whole  city  of  Porto  Velho  in  2007  (Fearnside  2009,  p.  2)  

However,  the  main  objection  of  Fearnside  against  the  EIA-­‐RIMA  is  the  arbitrariness  

with  which  arguments  and  prognostics  are  used  and   the  selectivity  with  which   the  

impacts  and  benefits  are  compared.  The  impacts  are  limited  to  the  ‘area  of  indirect  

impact’   along   the   road,   covering   the   area   between   the   river   Purús   and   the   river  

Madeira,   while   benefits   are   claimed   for   a   much   wider   area,   including   the   city   of  

Manaus  and  agricultural   areas   in  Mato  Grosso.  The   less  beneficial   factors   that   can  

use  the  same  means  of  transport  are  not  mentioned,  nor  are  the  likely  roads  west  of  

the  river  Purús  that  will  link  the  BR-­‐319  with  an  intact  forestal  area.  (Fearnside  2009,  

p.  3)  

Page 115: Literatuur en Manual

  114  

When   a   critical   eye   analyzes   the   report,   one   may   get   the   impression   at   several  

moments  that  there  was  a  preconception  of  the  necessity  of  building  the  road.  One  

example   is   the   use   of   the   opinions   by   local   people.   Mainly   the   opinions   of   the  

transportation  needs  of   the   inhabitants  along   the   road  were  used   in  arguments  of  

road  building,  while  the  opinions  of  the  people  of  nature  reserve  units  farther  away  

got  much  less  attention.  Or  in  the  oblique  words  of  one  of  the  researchers:  ‘Proper  

understanding   of   government   planning,   interaction   and   synchronization   among  

environmental   agencies   is   of   importance.   The   assessment   study   has   made   us  

experience  the  lack  of  synchronism  and  the  conflicts  among  these  agencies.’  (Rivas  in  

Chapter  10  of  van  Dijck,  2013).  

The  reconstruction  of  the  BR-­‐319  from  an  economic-­‐environmental  perspective.  

Fleck  (2009),  in  his  economic-­‐environmental  study,  had  three  objectives:  to  analyse  

in  advance  the  economic  feasibility  of  the  reconstruction  of  the  BR-­‐319,  to  evaluate  

the  economic  costs  of  deforestation  induced  by  the  reconstruction  of  the  roads  and  

add  them  up  to  the  result  of  the  former,  and  to  evaluate  the  economic  risks  of  the  

project.   He   worked   along   two   scenarios,   a   conventional   one   with   a   cost-­‐benefit  

analysis  and  an  integrated  scenario.  The  time  span  is  a  25-­‐year  period  of  analysis.  

In  the  first  scenario,  a  conventional  cost-­‐benefit  analysis  demonstrates  that  the  project  

is  not  economically  viable,  causing  around  316  millions  reais  of  costs,  or  33  cents  of  

benefit   for   each   real   of   costs.   This   signifies   that   for   the   project,   to   attain   economic  

viability,  the  benefits  would  have  to  be  multiplied  three  times  (see  for  methodological  

aspects  Fleck  2009).  

When   including   the  environmental   costs   in  an   integrated  scenario,   recent  modelling  

indicate  dat  the  project  will  generate  a  heavy  deforestation  in  the  area  between  the  

rivers  Purus  and  Madeira,  unless  exceptionally  effective  measures  are  implemented  to  

prevent   deforestation.   Estimated   costs   of   the   deforestation  would   reach   1.9   billion  

reais,  in  present  value,  of  which  1.4  billion  reais  would  correspond  with  the  emission  

of  the  carbon  stock  in  the  forest.  When  these  costs  are  added  up  to  the  result  of  the  

cost-­‐benefit  analysis,  an  amount  of  2.2  billion  reais  of  costs   is  calculated,  or  at  most  

6.5  cents  of  benefit  is  created  for  every  real  spent.  

Fleck   (2009)   comments   on   these   results,   that   one   has   to   be   very   cautious   when  

effective   measures   have   to   be   implemented   to   mitigate   environmental   damage.  

First,   as   these   are   rather   costly,   it   is   questionable   whether   there   will   be   enough  

money  to  install  them.  Second,  Brazil  has  not  a  very  fine  track  record  in  continuation  

and  implementation  of  environmental  measures.  And,  as  Rivas  admits,  the  whole  EIA  

Page 116: Literatuur en Manual

  115  

was  built  on  the  precondition  to  carry  out  consistent  environmental  management  as  

one  of   the  most   important  ways  to  prevent   the  negative  spillover  of   infrastructure  

(Rivas  Chapter  10  in  van  Dijck  2013).  

Concluding  remarks  

The  EIA  on   the   reconstruction  of   the  BR-­‐319  has  shown  that   the   rationale  and   the  

terms  of  reference  are  very   important,  as  many  aspects   in  the  research  have  to  be  

selected  and  projections  have  often  to  be  made  without  enough  hard  evidence  to  be  

based   on.   It   seems   that,   as   the   DNIT-­‐department   of   the   Ministry   of   Transports  

commissioned  the  EIA,  the  research  team  adopted  too  soon  the  idea  that  the  road  

was   inevitable,   that   alternative   transportation   modes   were   no   option,   and   that  

environmental  management  would  yield  the  solution  for  negative  spillovers.  

The   results   of   the   interviews   with   local   stakeholders   were   used   in   a   pronounced  

manner   to   support   the   need   for   local   road   connections.   In   a   political   sense,   this  

argument  worked  out   very  well,   due   to   the   fact   that   the   controversy  of   economic  

development  versus  environment   conservation   in  Brazil  was  very  often   seen  as  an  

opposition  between  local  inhabitants  and  international  interference.  

Also,  in  assessing  an  EIA,  or  a  SEA,  it   is   important  to  be  critical  of  what  not  is  to  be  

studied.   Fleck   shows   that   an   economic-­‐environmental   exercise   sheds   a   whole  

different  light  on  the  conclusions.  

It  is  interesting  that  in  2011  President  Dilma  Rousseff  in  her  visit  to  Manaus  declared  

that   the   building   of   the   road   was   to   be   cancelled.   However,   as   map   2   with   the  

overview  of  the  northern   IIRSA  development  hubs  shows,   in  the   long  run,  with  the  

evolvement  of  these  IIRSA  hubs,  it  is  very  likely  that  the  pressure  to  building  the  road  

will   remain.   As   may   be   seen   in   the   article   by   Buitelaar   e.a.,   on   the   map   of   the  

updated   PAC   2   Amazonia   plans   of   2012   the   BR-­‐319   is   shown   as   a   road   to   be  

constructed  (Buitelaar  e.a.  2013,  p.  16).  

Page 117: Literatuur en Manual

  116  

References.  

Barreto,  P.,  C.  Souza  Jr.,  R.  Nogueron,  A.  Anderson  and  R.  Salomão.   In  collaboration  with  J.  Wiles,  Human  Pressure  on  the  Brazilian  Amazon  Forests,  World  Resource  Institute,  2006.  

Buitelaar,  J.  J.  Gómez  and  R.  Sánchez,  Land  use  pressures,  expanding  transport  infrastructure  and  planning  for  sustainable  development  in  the  Amazon  Basin,  ECLAC,  2013.  

Dijck,   P.   van,   The   impact   of   the   IIRSA   road   infrastructure   programme   on   Amazonia,  Routledge,  2013.  

Fearnside,  P.M.  and  P.M.L.A.  Graça,  O  EIA/RIMA  da  Rodovia  BR319:  Decisão  Crítica  sobre  a  Abertura  do  Coração  da  Amazônia  ao  Desmatamento,   Instituto  Nacional  de  Pesquisas  da  Amazônia-­‐INPA,  2009.  

Fearnside,  P.M.  &  P.M.L.A.  Graça.  2006.  ‘BR-­‐319:  Brazil’s  Manaus-­‐Porto  Velho  Highway  and  the   potential   impact   of   linking   the   arc   of   deforestation   to   central   Amazonia.’  Environmental  Management  38(5):  705-­‐716.  

Fleck,   L.   C.,   Efficiência   econômica,   riscos   e   custos   ambientais   da   reconstrução   da   rodovia  BR319,  Conservation  Strategy  Fund,  Lagoa  Santa,  Minas  Gerais,  2009.  

Folha   de   São   Paulo,   ‘Amazônia   vira   motor   de   desenvolvimento’,   São   Paulo,   16-­‐10-­‐11:  frontpage.  

Freitas,   A.,   ‘Amazônia:   Conexão   com   o   Atlântico   Norte   por   Ferrovia’,   Presentation   at   the  FIAM   IV   Seminar,   Manaus,   in:   J.A.   da   Costa   Machado   (ed.)   Anais   da   IV   Jornada   de  Seminários  Internacionais  sobre  Desenvolvimento  Amazônico,  Volume  3.  Superintendência  da  Zona  Franca  de  Manaus  (SUFRAMA),  Manaus,  2009.  

Kaimowitz   D.   and   A.   Angelsen   (1998).   Economic   models   of   tropical   deforestation:   a  review,  Jakarta,  Center  for  International  Forestry  Research.  

Perz,   S.   et   al.   (2007).   ‘ Socio-­‐spatial   processes   of   unofficial   road-­‐building   in   the   Amazon:  socioeconomic  and  biophysical  explanations.’  Development  and  Change,  38:  529–551.  

Soares-­‐Filho,  B.S.,  et  al.,  ‘Policy  Sensitive  Simulations  For  Future  Amazon  Deforestation’,  plus  ‘Supplementary   Information   for   the  Model  Description  of  Modelling  Conservation   in   the  Amazon  basin’,  Nature  440,  520–523,  plus,  2006.  

UFAM.  2009a.  Estudo  de  Impacto  Ambiental  –  EIA:  Obras  de  reconstrução/  pavimentação  da  rodovia  BR-­‐319/AM,  no  segmento  entre  os  km  250,0  e  km  655,7.  Universidade  Federal  do  Amazonas  (UFAM),  Manaus,  Amazonas.  6  Vols.  +  Anexos.  

UFAM.   2009b.   Relatório   de   Impacto   Ambiental   –   RIMA:   Obras   de   reconstrução/  pavimentação   da   rodovia   BR-­‐319/AM,   no   segmento   entre   os   km   250,0   e   km   655,7.  Universidade  Federal  do  Amazonas  (UFAM),  Manaus,  Amazonas.  38  pp.  

Page 118: Literatuur en Manual

117  

IMPACT  ASSESSMENT,  STAKEHOLDERS´  PARTICIPATION    AND  GOVERNMENT  

POLICIES    

Bert  van  Barneveld  

Introduction  

This  paper  discusses  the  role  of  stakeholders´  opinion  and  participation   in  different   impact  

assessments   of     road   construction   and   other   infrastructure   development   projects   in   the  

Amazon.   It   also   discusses   the   way   the   results   of   impact   assessments   are   inserted   in  

government  policies  and  may  help  governments  to  design  new  policies.    

CEDLA  Cuadernos  publish  and  distribute  the  results  of  social  science  and  other  research  on  

Latin  America,  and  assembles  and  makes  accessible  scholarly  materials  for  the  study  of  the  

region.  This    paper,  however,  is  not  a  research  paper  based  on  literature.  The  paper  presents  

experiences  of   impact  assessments,  public   consultations  and  stakeholders´  participation  of  

several   recent   major   projects   and   plans   in   the   Amazon   and   elsewhere   in   Latin   America.  

These   include   IIRSA   road   and   corridor   construction   projects,   a   long-­‐term   flood   control  

programme   in   Amazon   wetlands   and   oil   and   gas   exploration   projects   in   protected   and  

indigenous  territories.        

Special  reference  is  made  to  the  Strategic  Environmental  Assessment  (SEA)  of  the  Corredor  

Norte,   the   Bolivian   branch   of   the   transport   corridor   between   Southern   Peru,   Northern  

Bolivia  and  South-­‐western  Brazil  promoted  by  IIRSA.  The  road  passes  over  several  strikingly  

different   natural   and   socio-­‐cultural   regions,   each   rich   in   biodiversity,   eco-­‐systems   and  

inhabited  by  a   variety  of   indigenous,   immigrant  and  mixed  groups  of  people.   The  corridor  

has  direct  and  indirect  impacts  on  a  very  large  area;  the  impact  area  covers  the  territories  of  

14  different  indigenous  people  and  five  large  protected  areas  and  national  parks,  some  with  

the  highest  biodiversity  indexes  of  all  of  the  Amazon  basin.    

2.-­‐    Approaches  of  participatory  impact  assessments      

Public   consultation   and   participation   is   a   conceptual   aspect   of   SEAs,   besides   being   an  

element   of   good   government   practice.   In   several   Latin   American   countries,   public  

consultation   in   impact  assessments   is  required  by   law.  The  objective  of  public  consultation  

and   participation   is   to   collect   first   hand   information   and   opinions   on   possible   direct   and  

indirect   impacts,   sensitive   issues,   risks   and   opportunities   expected   by   the   stakeholder  

population.   It   also   aims   at   obtaining   information   on   the   institutional   capabilities   and  

Page 119: Literatuur en Manual

118  

capacities   in   the   impact   area.   The   consultations  permit   stakeholders   to   view   their  opinion  

and   ideas   on   actions   to   be   taken   to  mitigate   expected   negative   impacts   and   to   enhance  

opportunities  the  proposed  project  or  plan  may  offer.        

The  meaning  of  the  term  “public  consultation”  and  how  it  is  practised,  differs  considerably  in  

scope,   approach   and   focus.   Public   consultations   may   be   undertaken   at   various   levels,  

ranging   from   involving   only   local   government   agencies   to   consulting   all   stakeholders,  

including  the  private  sector  (transport,  industry  and  commerce),  NGOs  (environment,  nature  

conservation)  and  indigenous  communities.  Regularly,  a  stakeholder  inventory  is  made  first,  

followed   by   consulting   selected   stakeholder   representatives   and/or   more   in-­‐depth  

consultations   in   representative   pilot   areas.   Surveys   and   quick   scans   may   be   part   of   the  

consultation  process  as   is   the  collection  and  analysis  of   secondary   information.   In   isolated  

areas  with   a   large   part   of   the   population   being   indigenous   living   traditional   ancestral   live  

hoods,   consultations   in   combination   with   socio-­‐cultural   and   anthropologic   research   is  

sometimes  an  appropriate  approach,  although  this  may  take  considerably  amounts  of  time  

and  funding.      

Public   consultation   in   impact   assessments   of   large   projects,   plans   and   policies   generally  

follows  an  approach  or  a  combination  of  approaches,  which  may  be  summarized  as  follows:            

a.-­‐     Information.   Representatives   of   stakeholder   groups   are   informed   on   the   proposed  

project,   plan   or   policy   with   a   general   description   of   the   expected   short-­‐   and   long-­‐term  

impacts.   This   is   the   most   basic   one-­‐way   form   of   consultation,   although   in   most   cases  

stakeholders  are  invited  to  raise    questions  which  are  duly  acknowledged.  But  the  approach  

may   also   be   a   window   dressing   exercise   or   intended   to   obtain   approval   from   a   critical  

population  needed  to  be  persuaded.                  

b.-­‐     Consultation.   Local   authorities,   representatives   of   civil   society   and   private   economic  

sectors  are   informed  and  consulted  on  the  proposed  project,  plan  or  policy,   followed  by  a  

discussion   on   the   expected   short-­‐   and   long   term   impacts,   both   positive   and   negative.  

Generally,  the  results  of  the  consultations  are  considered  in  the  final  stage  of  project  design  

and  in  the  elaboration  of  a  mitigating  action  plan.  The  approach  may  have  the  character  of  a  

rapid  appraisal.  

c.-­‐   Perception.  An  approach  based  on  collecting  the  perceptions  of  the  local  population  on  

the  proposed  project,   plan  or  policy   and   the  expected   impacts.   The  approach   is   based  on  

surveys  and  research  and  is  sometimes  used  in  isolated  areas  with  indigenous  people  living  

traditional  ancestral  live-­‐hoods.  The  perceptions  are  used  as  an  input  to  develop  a  system  of  

dialogue  and  future  consultation.  

d.-­‐  Comprehensive   active   participation.   All   regional   and   local   authorities,   stakeholder  

groups   representing   civil   society,   the   economic   private   sectors   and   relevant   NGOs   and  

institutions   are   being   informed   and   consulted;   their   perceptions   and   suggestions   are  

Page 120: Literatuur en Manual

119  

acknowledged  and  considered  and  all  stakeholders  are  actively  involved  in  the  development  

and  implementation  of  a  strategic  action  plan  to  be  part  of  the  proposed  plan  or  project.  The  

approach  is  sometimes  named  “society  approach”  or  “consensus  approach”.      

The  selection  of  a  particular  approach  generally  depends  on  the  scope  and  the  degree  of  the  

expected   impacts,   the   existence   of   present   and/or   expected   conflictive   situations,  

government   intentions   and   the   available   time   and   funds   to   carry   out   the   consultation  

process.    

The   information  approach   is  applied   in  assessments  of  projects  and  plans  which,   in  overall  

terms,   have  been   accepted   already  by   society,  which   are  beneficial   and  without   apparent  

major   negative   impacts.   An   example   is   the   construction   of   the   IIRSA   transport   corridor  

between  Sao  Paulo  in  Brazil  and  Buenos  Aires  in  Argentina.  In  the  hitherto  isolated  provinces  

of  Entre  Ríos  and  Corrientes  of  Argentina,  the  construction  of  the  corridor  was  welcomed  by  

all   concerned   as   it   ended   isolation   without   major   negative   impacts.   In   fact,   it   brought  

sustained   economic   growth,   urban   and   rural   development   and   substantially   changed   the  

economic  structure  of  the  area.              

The   information   approach   is   also   used   in   conflictive   and/or   politically  motivated   projects,  

plans   and     policies   which   are   controversial   and   highly   contested.   The   objective   of   public  

consultation   in   these   projects   often   is   to   obtain   approval   from   a   population   which   in  

majority  is  against  the  project.  In  the  Amazon,  classic  examples  are  hotly  debated  road  and  

hydroelectric  dam  projects,  mining  and  oil-­‐  and  gas  exploration  projects   in  protected  areas  

and   indigenous   territories.   In   these   cases,   consultation   often   has   a   window   dressing  

character,   giving   stakeholders   a   deceptively   and   often   biased   positive   impression   of   the  

project,   playing   down   all   negative   impacts.   Through   promising   development   projects   and  

other   incentives,   stakeholders   are   persuaded   to   agree.   Experience   has   learned   that   this  

approach  may  lead  to  politically  even  more  serious  conflicts,  very  difficult  to  solve  in  a  later  

stage.    

The  Corporación  Andina  de  Fomento   (CAF)   finances  many  major   infrastructural  projects   in  

Amazonia   and   the   public   consultations   required   by   the   corporation   are   of   a   limited  

consultation  or  rapid   (rural)  appraisal   type,   involving  short  consultations  with  regional  and  

local   government   authorities   and   a   small   sample   of   other   key   stakeholder   groups   in   the  

direct   impact   area.   For   the   corporation,   the   consultation   should   require   only   limited  

amounts  of  time  and  funding  as  to  not  upheld  implementation  of  the  project.  The  approach  

may   be   suited   for   impact   assessments   of   non-­‐conflictive   projects   or   for   projects   already  

approved  by  the  authorities  and  stakeholder  groups  concerned.  Sometimes,  the  approach  is  

followed  by  more  in-­‐depth  consultations  in  later  stages,  as  part  of  project  implementation  or  

as  a  requisite  of  national  environmental  impact  legislation.    

Page 121: Literatuur en Manual

120  

Public   consultations   of   impact   assessments   financed   by   the   World   Bank   (WB),   the  

Interamerican  Development  Bank   (IDB)  and  the  European  Union   (EU)  are  also  of   the   rapid  

appraisal   type,   but   requiring   fairly   large  and   representative   samples  of   stakeholders   to  be  

consulted.  Consultations  with  environmental  NGOs  and  organizations  of   indigenous  people  

are   considered  essential.   The  agencies   require   that   the   considerations  of   stakeholders   are  

“properly  recognised”.        

The  perception  approach  may  be  a  suitable  alternative  in  relatively  isolated  areas  within  the  

Amazon  with  indigenous  people  living  traditional  live  hoods  being  the  principal  stakeholders.  

Interviews   and   participative   workshops   with   these   populations   may   not   lead   to   reliable  

information,   requiring  alternative   forms  of   consultation   including   the  use  of   visual  means,  

GIS   tools  and   indirect  approaches  based  on  socio-­‐cultural  and  anthropologic   research.  The  

perception   approach   is   being   followed   for   example   in   impact   assessments   in   Southern  

Surinam.    

The  comprehensive  approach   is  preferred  when  opinions  on   the  proposed  project,  plan  or  

policy   vary   considerably   among   stakeholder   groups  which  may   lead   to   future   conflicts.   In  

these  cases  an  approach  is  required  to  create  consensus  and  to  develop  a  shared  vision  on  

the   proposed   project,   plan   or   policy.   Through   active   participation,   actions   are   identified  

which   mitigate   expected   negative   impacts   and   other   actions   which   enhance   the  

opportunities   the   project   is   likely   to   present   for   each   stakeholder   group.   Stakeholder  

organisations  are  encouraged  to  formulate  and   implement  the   identified  actions  according  

to   their   own   objectives,   institutional   capabilities   and   capacities.   The   comprehensive  

approach   has   been   followed   in   the   SEA   impact   assessment   of   the   IIRSA   Corredor   Norte  

project.  

The   comprehensive   approach   of   active   participation   of   stakeholders   probably   in   many  

assessments     appears   to   be   the   preferred   option,   but   it   can   be   very   time   consuming   and  

expensive.  This  is  particular  the  case  in  assessments  of  large  impact  areas  and  in  areas  with  a  

broad   variety   of   stakeholder   groups   with   different   and   often   conflictive   views   on   the  

proposed  project,  plan  or  policy.      

The  comprehensive  assessment  approach  of   the  Corredor  Norte  project   is  a   case   in  point:  

the  consultation  resulted  in  a  broad  based  consensus  on  the  project  with  a  shared  long-­‐term  

vision,  but  it  required  the  consultation  and  participation  of  1.200  persons,  representing  350  

different  stakeholder  organisations  and  institutions.  The  exercise  required  about  18  months  

to   be   completed   and   absorbed   over   50%   of   the   total   budget   available   for   the   impact  

assessment.   In  many   cases   the   time   and   resources   are   just   not   available   for   this   type   of  

approach  and   it   is   therefore   that   the   “rapid  appraisal   approach”   is   the   common  approach  

followed  in  many  SEA  impact  assessments  in  the  region.    

Page 122: Literatuur en Manual

121  

On  the  other  hand,  it  should  be  avoided  to  plan  and  carry  out  impact  assessments  and  public  

consultations   which   lack   sufficient   coverage,   are   based   on   too   few   samples,   or   are   too  

superficial,   resulting   in   almost   meaningless   exercises   for   proper   decision   making   and  

planning.   It   is   unfortunate   that   in   several   instances,   this   type   of   assessments   and   public  

consultations  have  been  carried  out  as  window  dressing  exercises,  only  to  comply  with  the  

conditions   set   by   financing   agencies   to   receive   approval   and   finance   for   the   proposed  

project  or  plan.  No  surprise  that  because  of  these  deficiencies,  several   large  infrastructural  

projects  in  the  Amazon  have  been  cancelled.      

Stakeholder  consultation  and  engagement  planning  

The  planning  of  a  public  consultation  programme  generally  starts  with  the  preparation  of  a  

stakeholder   consultation   and   engagement   plan.   The   stakeholders   and   their   organisations  

have  to  be  identified  and  classified  in  terms  of  potential  winners  and  losers  and  their  roles  as  

decision-­‐makers  in  regional  and  local  government  and  development.      

Sometimes   this   requires   preliminary   consultations  with   government   agencies,   institutions,  

local   and   international   non-­‐government   organizations   to   obtain   a   good   picture   of   the  

stakeholders   in   the   impact   area.   For   impact   assessments   in   large   areas   it   may   be  

recommended  first  to  carry  out  a  preliminary  reconnaissance  fact-­‐finding  tour  in  the  area  to  

obtain  factual  information  of  the  stakeholders  present,  to  inform  them  on  the  consultation  

process   and   find   out   their   interest   to   participate.   With   this   information,   a   stakeholder  

consultation   and   engagement   plan   can   be   prepared   being   a   guideline   for   the  

implementation   of   the   consultation   process.   A   stakeholder   engagement   plan   needs   to  

indicate  aspects  such  as:  

⎯ An   inventory   of   the   stakeholder   groups   to   be   consulted:   this   could   be   a   representative  sample  but  in  some  cases  it  may  be  necessary  to  consult  all  major  stakeholders.  

• The  stakeholder  groups  which  also  will  be  engaged  in  the  elaboration  of  a  strategic  action  plan  and  their  role  in  the  elaboration  and  implementation  of  this  plan.      

⎯ A  consultation  plan  with  a  schedule  of  consultations   to  be  held,  with  whom,  where  and  when.   In   addition   to   consultations   with   individual   stakeholder   groups,   separate  consultations  may  be  required  with  specific  groups  of  stakeholders:  sector  consultations  with   regional   and   local   governments;   environmental   and   nature   conservation  organisations;  private  sector  consultations;  special  consultations  with  indigenous  people  in  their  own  language.  The  plan  may  also  include  the  installation  of  working  groups.  

⎯ The  team  in  charge  of  the  consultations.   In  addition  to  communication  specialists   it  may  be   necessary   to   include   specific   sector   specialists   in   the   consultation   team,   such   as  engineers,   environmentalists,   agriculturalists,   foresters,   economists,   transport   planners  and   oil   and   gas   exploration   specialists.   Also   anthropologists   and   indigenous   native  speaking  staff  may  be  required.    

Page 123: Literatuur en Manual

122  

Public  consultation  and  participation  is  not  a  single  interview  or  consultation,  but  need  to  be  

part   of   all   phases   of   the   impact   assessment   process.   Ideally,   the   involvement   of   local  

stakeholders   follows   a   sequence   of   information   >   consultation   >   active   participation,   as  

presented  in  the  flowchart  of  fig.  1.    

 Figure  1.    The  participatory  approach  process  flowchart  in  strategic  environmental  impact  assessments  SEA  

 

Timing  and  horizons  of  participatory  impact  assessments      

Strategic  environmental   impact  assessments   (SEAs)  are   intended  as  a  planning   instrument,  

providing   relevant   information   in  early   stages  of  project  development  and   formal  decision  

making  (MER,  2008).  Therefore,  the  assessments  need  to  be  planned  well  ahead  of  the  start  

of  the  formal  decision  making  process.  Such  is  the  case  in  Europe  where  long  planning  cycles  

are  the  rule  and  where  the  SEA  impact  instrument  has  been  developed  and  put  in  practice  

initially.    

The   situation   in   Latin   America   is   often   different.   In  most   countries   of   the   continent,   SEA  

assessments   for   a   specific   project,   plan   or   policy   are   undertaken   when   formal   decision  

making  has  already  taken  place.  This  because  the  horizon  of  project  and  policy  planning   is  

short,  generally  not  exceeding  the  term  of  a  single  government  period.  Once  a  decision  on  a  

particular  infrastructure  project,  plan  or  policy  has  been  made,  in  many  instances  the  impact  

assessment   has   to   be   carried   out   in   the   shortest   time  possible   as   the   start   of   the   project  

cannot  be  delayed  by  a  lengthy  assessment  procedure,  let  alone  if  the  assessment  will  result  

in  alternative  projects,  plans  or  policies.          

Page 124: Literatuur en Manual

123  

Consequently,   many   SEAs   and   other   impact   assessments   in   Latin   America   are   ex-­‐post  

decision   exercises   rather   than   ex-­‐ante   exercises   and   many   are   not   much   different   from  

traditional  project  EIAs  (Environmental  Impact  Assessments).  Public  consultations  being  part  

of  these  assessments  are  still  very  useful  though,  as  they  may  result  in  providing  important  

information  on  the  need  to  adjust  the  decision  process  of  the  project  or  plan  and  as  a  useful  

tool  to  accompany  its  implementation.            

The   Corredor  Norte   SEA   is   a   particular   case.   The   decision   to   upgrade   the   road  was   taken  

several   years   before   an   strategic   impact   assessment   was   planned.   At   the   time   of   the  

assessment  and   the  consultation,   the  upgrading  of   the  corridor  had  already  started,  albeit  

on   a   fairly   small   scale.   Alternative   routes   and   transport  modes  were   not   considered.   The  

government   recognised   that   the   construction   and   upgrading   of   the   corridor,   with   long  

stretches  in  difficult  terrain  and  requiring  numerous  very  long  bridges,  embankments,  road  

drainage   systems   and   landslide   control   works,   would   take   several   decades.   The   impact  

assessment   has   therefore   be   planned   and   carried   out   as   a   strategic   instrument   to  

accompany  the  construction  process  of  the  corridor  and  not  as  an  instrument  to  facilitate  ex-­‐

ante   project   planning   and   decision  making.   Also   the   public   consultation   parted   from   this  

premise  and  focused  on  how  stakeholders  could  benefit  most  from  the  project   in  terms  of  

sustainable  socio-­‐economic  development.              

The  value  and  shelf-­‐life  of   impact  assessments  and  public  consultations  is  generally   limited  

as   are   the   resulting   strategic   action   plans.   This   happens   particularly   in   dynamic   changing  

environments.   The   ideas   and   wishes   of   the   population   may   change   in   time   as   are   the  

national   and   regional   priorities.   Also   the   socio-­‐cultural   setting   in   the   impact   areas   may  

change   and   the   announcement   alone   of   the   start   of   a   large   project   may   release   a  

spontaneous   immigration   process   of   many   newcomers   from   elsewhere   looking   for  

opportunities.  With   the   technological   advances,   the   potentials   for   economic   development  

may  also  change  rapidly  and  even  unexpectedly.    

Changing   externalities  may   also   have   an   impact   on   the   assessment   and   the   consultation,  

being  the  result  of,  for  example,  government  or  international  decisions  and  trends.  Even  the  

environmental   conditions  may   change   over   relatively   short   periods   as   a   result   of   climatic  

change  such  as  changes  in  the  intensity  of  the  El  Niño/La  Niña  phenomena.  Particularly  the  

southern   and   eastern   parts   of   the   Amazon   are   subject   to   the   effects   of   climatic   change,  

leading  to  threatening   impacts,  some  not  well  understood.  A  recent  example   is  the   impact  

assessment  of  a  flood  control  programme  in  the  Amazon  Beni  wetlands  in  Bolivia.  Started  as  

a   flood  control  programme,  during   the   last  decade   it  became  clear   that  excessive  drought  

problems  during  the  dry  periods  due  to  changing  El  Nino  patterns  are  becoming  almost  as  

serious  as  are  the  problems  of  flooding  and  excess  water.            

Page 125: Literatuur en Manual

124  

Experiences   and   recent   trends   are   indicating   that   the   shelf-­‐life   of   the   results   of   impact  

assessments  and  public  consultations  generally  does  not  exceed  of  only  a  few  years.  Impact  

assessments   and   public   consultations   therefore   need   to   be   upgraded   or   repeated  

periodically,   particularly   when   long   periods   are   needed   to   implement   or   complete   the  

proposed   project,   plan   or   policy.   Periodical   upgrading   may   be   necessary   to   allow  

involvement   of   other   stakeholders,   including   new  arrivals   and   to   consider   changing   socio-­‐

cultural   and   economic   conditions   and   changing   externalities.   The   experiences   are   also  

pointing  at  the  greater  need  to  include  in  the  assessments  the  analysis  of  trends,  particularly  

in  areas  with  rapid  changing  conditions  and  dynamic  processes  of  for  example  changing  land  

use  patterns.    GIS  and  modelling  are  appropriate  tools  in  the  evaluation  of  future  trends  and,  

when   possible,   such   tools   should   be   considered   in   all   key   stages   of   the   SEA   assessment  

process,  depending  on  the  availability  of  relevant  spatial  and  ground  data.  

Public  consultation  and  participation:  a  transparent  and  trust  building  process  

Public  consultation  and  the  participation  of  local  stakeholders  in  impact  assessments  require  

a   relation  of   trust  and  confidence  between  the  staff   in  charge  of   the  consultation  and   the  

stakeholders   to   be   consulted.   Effective   public   participation   need   to   be   transparent   and  

requires   the   building   of   trust   and   the   creation   of   confidence   for   a   constructive   and   open  

minded   dialogue.   This   is   particular   the   case   in   public   participation   in   assessments   of  

controversial  projects  in  which  large  part  of  the  stakeholders  have  doubts  or  are  against  the  

project  or  plan.  Staff  involved  in  these  consultations  should  be  strictly  neutral  and  not  be  an  

agent  or  have  any  relation  with  the  responsible  authority  of  the  proposed  project.    

Experiences  learned  that  to  build  trust  in  areas  with  indigenous  people  it  is  paramount  that  

the  consultation  team   includes  people  who  speak   indigenous   languages.  The  consultations  

also  learned  that  stakeholders  often  have  difficulty  in  understanding  what  the  impacts  of  a  

particular   project   will   be,   their   scope   and   geographical   dimensions   in   particular.   In   these  

cases,  the  use  of  audiovisuals  proved  to  be  of  help.  

Public  participation   is   thus  a  process  and  not  a   single   interview  or  discussion.  The  process  

depends  on  the  type  of  stakeholders.  Some  are  potential  winners  and  others  potential  losers  

of  the  proposed  project,  and  their   interests  and  roles   in  the  participative  consultation  may  

vary  considerably.  Each  group  of  stakeholders  may  therefore  require  a  specific  consultation  

approach.  In  some  cases  working  groups  may  be  formed  of  representatives  of  stakeholders  

of   a   particular   sector,   who   jointly   determine   their   position   on   the   proposed   project   and  

jointly   propose   actions   to   mitigate   impacts   and   other   actions   to   enhance   opportunities.  

Experiences   learned   that   this   works   particularly   well   with   environmental   and   nature  

Page 126: Literatuur en Manual

125  

conservation   NGOs   and   with   specific   economic   sectors,   such   as   the   transport   and   the  

industry  sectors.        

In  the  SEA  Corredor  Norte  assessment,  stakeholder  representatives  were  first   invited  to  an  

introductory   round  of   regional  meetings   to   inform  them  on  the  proposed  project,   the  SEA  

process  and  their  participation  in  the  preparation  of  a  strategic  mitigation  plan.  Participants  

were  invited  to  air  their  opinion  on  the  project,  their  positive  and  negative  expectations  and  

the   policies   and   interventions   they   believed   to   be   necessary.   After   an   analysis   of   the  

opinions  received,  a  diagnosis  of  the  biophysical  conditions,  the  socio-­‐economic  and  socio-­‐

cultural  situation  and  an  analysis  of  possible  scenarios  and  the  required  strategic  actions,  the  

same  stakeholder  representatives  were  invited  to  a  second  round  of  consultations.  Many  of  

the  second  round  consultations  were  sector  meetings  with  focus  on  the  opinions  received,  

on   the   results   of   the   diagnosis,   the   scenarios   and   the   required   strategies   and   actions   for  

each  scenario.  Special  attention  was  paid   to  ways   to   reach  consensus  on   the  project.  At  a  

third   round   of   consultations   a   draft   strategic   action   plan   was   discussed,   based   on   the  

suggestions  received  in  earlier  rounds.  Finally,  in  a  final  plenary  meeting  at  corridor  level,  the  

draft  action  plan  was  further  discussed,  amended  and  approved  by  all  concerned.            

Stakeholders´  opinions  and  the  preparation  of  strategic  action  plans    

Active   stakeholder   participation   in   the   SEA   process   is   a   key   input   in   the   formulation   of  

strategic  action  plans.  These  plans,  in  addition  to  refer  to  specific  actions,  are  to  reflect  the  

opinions,   concerns   and   priorities   of   the   stakeholders   in   the   impact   area.   The   opinions   on  

impacts   and  mitigation  may   differ   strongly   among   stakeholders   and   interventions  may   be  

assessed   positively   or   negatively   according   to   the   specific   interests   of   stakeholder   groups  

and  also  at  various  levels  of  government  and  the  general  public  opinion.        

The   opinion   of   stakeholders   often   is   biased   by   the   lack   of   information   about   the   planned  

infrastructure  project,  the  lack  of  knowledge  about  the  potential  impacts  and/or  the  lack  of  

general  knowledge  and  experience.  Their  opinion  may  also  be  influenced  by  the  interests  of  

their  elders  and  leaders.  Also,  the  scope,  intensity  and  spread  of  the  expected  impacts  may  

not  be  known  ex-­‐ante,  not  even  to  the  decision  makers  and  those  responsible  for  planning  

and  implementation  of  the  project.  The  devastating  effects  of  the  construction  of  the  BR  163  

trunk-­‐road  in  Rondonia  in  Western  Brazil  during  the  1980s  is  a  case  in  point.        

In   most   of   Amazonia,   the   primary   concern   of   many   social   organizations   and   indigenous  

movements   in   relation   to   large   infrastructural   projects   such   as   roads,  mega   hydroelectric  

dams,  large  mining  and  agro-­‐industrial  complexes  are  the  violation  of  territorial  rights.  Also  

“green   capitalism”   proposals   with   the   privatization   and   mercantilization   of   the   natural  

resources   is   a   source   of   great   concern   as   this   often   goes   against   traditional   Amazonian  

Page 127: Literatuur en Manual

126  

cultures   and   live   hoods.   About   half   of   the   issues   mentioned   by   stakeholders   in   SEA  

consultations  in  Amazonia  concern  territorial  issues.  Even  in  Bolivia,  where  over  the  last  two  

decades   a   large   number   of   indigenous   territories   have   been   established   in   the   Amazon,  

stakeholder  concerns  are  related  to  conflicts  over  land  use,  land  tenure  and  judicial  security,  

as  well  as  to  legislation  which  is  not  or   insufficiently  based  on  the  socio-­‐cultural  and  socio-­‐

economic  realities  in  the  region.  Illegal  invasion  and  colonization  and  the  loss  of  traditional  

socio-­‐cultural  values  are  also  mentioned  frequently.            

A   second   important   group   of   issues   brought   up   by   stakeholders   refers   to   environmental  

degradation,   being   the   result   of   the   construction   of   road   infrastructure,  mining   and   dam  

construction.  This   includes   illegal  deforestation,   loss  of  valuable   land  and  resources  due  to  

mega   hydroelectric   dam   construction,   poisoning   of   water   resources   caused   by   mining  

projects  and  oil  and  gas  exploration,  the  excessive  use  of  agro-­‐chemicals  and  the  spread  of  

forest   fires.   Stakeholders   also   mention   fears   of   the   spread   of   diseases,   environmental  

impacts  due  to  the  uncontrolled  colonization  by  people  from  elsewhere  not  familiar  with  the  

environmental   conditions;   invasion   in   natural   parks   and   protected   areas   and   the   loss   of  

biodiversity.    

Economic  and  productive  development  aspects  are  issues  generally  brought  up  by  the  private  

sector.   The   comparative   and   competitive   advantages   of   a   region   may   improve   with   an  

upgraded  transport  road  system  and  a  new  road  may  offer  possibilities  to  produce  products  

which  can  be  marketed  elsewhere  along  the  new  road.  But  also  the  reverse  may  occur:  for  

example   the  construction  of  a  600  km  trunk   road  between  Santa  Cruz  and  Trinidad   in   the  

Bolivian   Amazon   was   intended   to   assist   the   industry   in   small   Trinidad   to   market   their  

products   in   the   large  market   of   Santa   Cruz,   but   instead   Santa   Cruz   products   flooded   the  

Trinidad  market,  almost  destroying  the  Trinidad  industry.      

The  participation  process  generally  results  in  a  large  number  of  proposed  actions  to  mitigate  

the   expected   negative   impacts   of   a   proposed   project   and   to   enhance   the   benefits   and  

development   potentials   the   project   will   offer.   The   larger   the   impact   area,   the   bigger   the  

impacts  and  the  affected  stakeholder  population,  the  more  actions  will  be  proposed.  In  case  

of   the   Corredor   Norte   consultation,   over   120   actions   were   proposed   initially,   having   the  

character  of  a  shopping  list.  The  list  included  also    actions  which  only  remotely  were  related  

to   the   road  project.   Similar  experiences  have  been  observed   in  other  participatory   impact  

assessments;  the  consultations  along  the  600km  IIRSA  road  from  Santa  Cruz  to  the  Brazilian  

border  resulted  in  over  500  proposed  actions  and  projects  and  stakeholders   insisted  in  the  

implementation  of  all  these  actions.        

The  institutional  capability  in  Amazonia  generally  being  weak  and  the  capacity  being  limited,  

make   it  difficult  or  even   impossible   to   implement  all  proposed  actions   simultaneously  and  

Page 128: Literatuur en Manual

127  

the   shopping   list   of   actions   may   need   to   be   reduced   into   a   small,   viable   and   consistent  

strategic   action   plan.   This   requires   an   analysis   and  multi-­‐criteria   evaluation   of   all   actions  

proposed   with   weights   attached   to   the   assessment   criteria.   Many   actions   may   be   put  

together   or   integrated   to   enhance   consistency   and   potential   impact.   Other   actions   may  

require   investments  which  are  not   justified  under   the  present  economic   conditions  or   are  

not  consistent  with  present  government  policies  or  development  priorities.  The   ranking  of  

the  remaining  actions  in  terms  of  impact,  scope  and  urgency  will  assist  in  the  preparation  of  

a  viable  draft  action  plan.  The  draft  needs  to  be  discussed  with  stakeholders  at  a  final  next  

round   of   consultations   and   sector   meetings,   before   it   can   be   presented   as   a   true  

participative  action  plan.    

The  characteristics  of  participative  strategic  action  plans    

A   SEA   strategic   action   plan   is   a   conceptual   flexible   framework   of   actions   related   to   the  

mitigation   of   the   negative   impacts,   both   existing   and   expected   and   actions   which   will  

enhance  the  opportunities  the  proposed  project,  plan  or  policy  will  offer.      

As   discussed   in   the   previous   paragraph,   strategic   action   plans   of   large   scale   road  

construction  projects  in  Amazonia  generally  include  actions  to  protect  territorial  rights,  land  

tenure   and   judicial   security;   land   use   and   territorial   planning;   enforcement   and/or  

adaptation  of  environmental  legislation  and  stricter  control  of  environmental  damages.  The  

action   plans   equally   include   actions   to   enhance   the   opportunities   the   proposed   road  

infrastructure   project   will   offer.   Such   actions   often   refer   to   sustainable   agricultural   and  

forestry   development,   (eco)tourism,   basic   and   environmental   services.   Institutional  

strengthening  will  have  a  prominent  place  in  almost  every  action  plan.                    

Experiences  learned  that  a  participative  strategic  action  plan  of  a  SEA  impact  assessment  of  

large  road  and  other  infrastructural  projects  in  the  Amazon  region  need  to  be  based  on  the  

following  key  characterisitics:  

⎯ A  long-­‐term  vision,  generally  referring  to  the  sustainable  development  of  the  impact  area  

of  the  proposed  project  and  based  on:  (i)  socio-­‐cultural  identities  of  the  stakeholders;  (ii)  

the   sustainable   use   and   management   of   the   area’s   natural   resources,   potentials   and  

comparative  and  competitive  advantages  and  (iii)  the  presence  of  competent  and  efficient  

institutions.        

⎯ A   plan  with   short-­‐term   strategic   actions   which  mitigate   expected   negative   impacts   and  

enhance  the  opportunities  of  the  proposed  project.  Actions  which  need  longer  periods  to  

be  implemented  can  better  be  designed  and  organised  in  phases.  As  much  as  possible,  the  

actions   should   be     grouped   so   that   their   combined   effect   is   greater   than   the   sum   their  

individual  effects  (synergies).  

Page 129: Literatuur en Manual

128  

⎯ The  resulting  plan  need  to  be  a  viable  and  coherent  action  plan,  to  be  implemented  over  a  

relative  short  period  of  time.  After  this  period,  the  results  need  to  be  evaluated  and  the  

plan  needs   to  be  up-­‐dated,   adapted  or   a   new  action  plan  be  drafted   for   a   next   project  

cycle.  This  to  reflect  changes  which  may  have  occurred.        

⎯ The   plan   should   be   a   consistent   multi-­‐sector   strategy   of   integrated   programmes   and  

actions   for   investments   and   regulation,   which   fit   into   government   policies   and  

development  objectives.  All  actions  will  need  to  be  consistent  with  existing  development  

plans  and  be  part  of  the  country’s  development  objectives.        

⎯ The   plan   should   be   additional   and   supplementary   to   existing   plans   and   projects.   Some  

actions  of  the  plan  will  refer  to  activities  and  projects  that  are  already  implemented  in  the  

region  or  are  in  process  of  implementation,  but  which  need  to  be  strengthened,  extended  

in  time  or  expanded  in  scope  or  territorial  coverage.    

⎯ The   plan   should   be   realistic   and   to   be   implemented   at   the   lowest   possible   level   of  

ownership   with   existing   institutions,   preferably   from   within   the   region.   The   strategic  

actions  will  require  inter-­‐institutional  coordination  and  cooperation  at  the  highest  level  of  

regional   or   national   government.   Particularly   in   Amazonia,   institutional   strengthening  

generally  is  an  important  aspect  of  the  plan.    

⎯ The  plan  need  to  be  a  flexible  conceptual  framework  of  actions,  permitting  stakeholders  to  

design   and   implement   the   actions   according   to   their   vision,   objectives   and   institutional  

capabilities   and   capacities.   The   plan   should   be   capable   to   respond   to   external   changes,  

permitting  to  identify,  formulate  and  implement  new  strategic  actions  which  may  arise.    

Strategic  action  plans  and  Governement  Policies  

All   proposed  actions  of   a   strategic   action  plan  need   to  be   screened  and   checked   to  make  

sure   that   the   actions   are   compatible   and   consistent   with   government   policies   and  

development  plans  of  existing  national,  regional  and  local  governments,  non-­‐governmental  

organisations  and  the  private  sector.    

A   general   difficulty   is   that   institutions   in   the   Amazon   region   are   often  weak   and   in   some  

remote  parts  of  the  region  government  may  even  be  absent.  At  central  government  levels,  

nearly   always   located   outside   Amazonia   and   manned   by   people   mosly   from   outside   the  

region,   the   lack   of     knowledge   on   Amazonia,   its   resources,   potentials   and   limitations   is  

noticable,   although   the   situation   is   gradually   improving.   Many   government   policies   are  

designed   on   very   different   situations   outside   the   region   and   are   not   applicable   or   only   in  

part  in  the  Amazon.  In  some  respect,    the  Amazon  region  is  considered  by  many  to  be  “the  

last  frontier”  of  development;  an  eldorado  with  an  enormous  richness  in  resources,  ready  to  

be  exploited  (Amazonia  Without  Myths,  2001).    

Page 130: Literatuur en Manual

129  

No   surprise   therefore   that  many   government   policies   on   the  Amazon   are   incipient   and   in  

many  instances  they  do  not  reflect  the  realities  of  the  region.  In  some  sectors,  government  

policies  are    lacking  and  in  urgent  need  to  be  developed.    

Another   limitation   is   the   vastness   of   the   region,   which   makes   implementation   of  

government   policies   and   regulations   extremely   difficult.   For   example,   most   Amazon  

countries  have  policies  and  legislation  to  control  illegal  logging  and  land  grabbing  for  cattle  

grazing  by  people  from  outside  the  region,  but  enforcement  of  these  policies  is  a  formidable  

task.   In  Bolivia,  over  2  million  ha  of   tropical   rain   forest  has  been  certified   in   recent   years,  

making   the   country   leading   in   tropical   forest   certification.   Wood   and   timber   from   the  

certified  forest  concessions  is  FSC  certified.  But  still  considerable  volumes  of  timber  continue  

to  disappear  unnoticed  from  the  Amazon  forests,  as  effective  control  is  very  difficult.              

Conclusions  and  lessons  learned    

By  way   of   conclusion,   the  most   important   conclusions   and   lessons   learned   of   SEA   impact  

assessments  and  public  consultations  discussed  in  this  paper  are:    

⎯  In  Latin  America,  many  SEA   impact  assessments  are  carried  out  when  the  decision  on  a  

particular    project,  plan  or  policy  already  has  been  taken.  In  these  cases,  strategic  impact  

the  assessment  and  stakeholder´  opinions  are  valuable  guiding  tools  for  implementation  

and  further  development  of  these  projects,  plans  and  policies.      

⎯  Public  consultation  and  participation  is  a  continuous  process  and  part  of  all  phases  of  an  

impact  assessment.  The   involvement  of   local  stakeholders   ideally   follows  a  sequence  of  

information  >  consultation  >  active  participation.  

⎯  A  comprehensive  participatory  approach  in  SEA  assessments  is  a  suitable  vehicle  to  create  

consensus  on   complex  and   conflictive  projects,   to   create  a   shared  vision  with   common  

goals  and  a  participatory  strategic  action  plan.            

⎯  As  conditions  may  change  rapidly,   impact  assessments  and  public  consultations  need  to  

be   updated   regularly.   The   results   of   strategic   action   plans   need   to   be   evaluated   and  

adjusted  about  every  five  to  seven  years  and  with  every  new  government  cycle.        

⎯  A  participative  SEA  action  plan  should  be  based  on  a  shared  long-­‐term  vision  with  short-­‐

term   actions.   The   actions   need   to   be   consistent   with   existing   development   plans   and  

projects  and  fit  into  the  country’s  development  objectives  and  policies.      

⎯  SEA   action   plans   need   to   be   realistic   with   strategic   actions   which   can   be   properly  

implemented  and  managed  by  the  stakeholders  and  their  organizations.  The  action  plans  

also   need   to   be   flexible,   permitting   stakeholders   to   design   and   implement   the   actions  

according  to  their  vision,  objectives  and  institutional  capabilities  and  capacities.    

Page 131: Literatuur en Manual

130  

⎯ The  strategic  actions  should  be  implemented  at  the  lowest  level  of  ownership,  with  inter-­‐

institutional   coordination   and   cooperation   at   the   highest   level   of   regional   or   national  

government.    

⎯  In  Amazonia,  institutional  strengthening  and  development  nearly  always  need  to  be  a  key  

aspect   of   SEA   strategic   action   plans.   Participatory   impact   assessments   and   strategic  

action  plans  may  provide  vital  contributions  to  strengthen  institutions  at  all  levels.  

⎯  Participative  SEAs  may  significantly  change  the  implementation  of  high  risk  infrastructural  

development  projects   in  Amazonia,   leading   to   sustainable  development  outcomes  with  

environmental  and  socio-­‐economic  agendas.          

⎯  A  SEA  strategic  action  plan  is  neither  a  strict  mitigation  plan  nor  a  regional  development  

plan.   Strategic   action   plans   based   on   proper   public   consultation   and   stakeholder  

participation  are  strategic  policy  plans  and  important  critical  instruments  to  improve  and  

optimize   government   policies   on   infrastructure   development   in   Amazonia   and   to  

implement  realistic  sustainable  development  goals.  

References  

Comisión  Europea,  Manual  de  Evaluación  Estratégica  de  los  Planes  de  Infraestructura  de  Transporte.  1999.      

Commissie  MER,  Strategic  Environmental  Impact  Assessments:  State  of  the  Art.  2008.    

Commission   on  Development   and   Environment   for   Amazonia,   Amazonia  Without  Myths.   Prepared  for  the  Amazon  Cooperation  Treaty,  the  Interamerican  Development  Bank  and  UNDP,  1992.  

Dalal  –  Clayton,  B.  and  B.  Sadler,  Strategic  Envrironmental  Assessments.  A  Sourcebook  and  Reference  Guide.  IIED,  London,  UK.  2004        

DHV   Sudamérica,   Evaluación   Ambiental   Estratégica   del   Corredor   Norte,   Bolivia.   Documento   de  Difusión.  2007  

Interamerican  Development  Bank,  Strategic  Environmental  Assessments  within  IIRSA.  2007  

Worldbank,  The,    Strategic  Environmental  Asssessment  Toolkit.  2008.